09 年高考英语二轮专项复习阅读理解加强版
（一）
高【第一组】
（A）
Acorn Bank
Garden & water mill
A delightful walled garden with old varieties of fruit trees and flower borders, set against the
backdrop of a 17th-century red sandstone house overlooking the Eden Valley. Herb garden planted
with over 200 medicinal and culinary herbs. Dogs on leads are welcome on woodland walks.
Children’s activity sheet available.
Temple Soverby, Near Penrich, CA 10 lsp
Tel: 017683 61893
Open:
19 March—30 October, daily except Monday and Tuesday, 10 am—5pm
Tearoom open from 11am—4. 30 pm, Shop 10am—5pm
Price: Adult ￡3, Child ￡1.5, Family ￡7.5
The Beatrix Potter Gallery
Original sketches and watercolors by Beatrix Potter for her children’s tales. 2005 exhibition
will feature. The Tale of Mrs Tiggy-Winkle and The Tale of the Pie and The Patty-Pan. Also on
display in this atmospheric 17t h-century building is information on Beatrix Potter’s life.
Beatrix Potter Gallery, Hawkshead, LA22 ONS
Tel: 015394 36355
Open:
19 March—30 October, 10am—4. 30 pm, daily except Thursday and Friday. Also open 12—20
February, 2 & 3 June and 27 & 28 October.
Price: Adult ￡3.50, Child ￡1.70, Family ￡8.70
Hilltop
Beatrix Potter wrote and illustrated many of the famous children’s stories in this 17th-century
farmhouse which she bought 100 years ago. Today you can view her personal treasures and step
into the garden which is planted with flowers and vegetables, just as it would have been in Beatrix
Potter’s time.
Please note that this is a small and popular house, which gets very busy especially in school
holidays. At peak times there are queues and by the end of the day not all visitors may be able to
visit the house (we apologize for this). Please collect a timed ticket (including NT members) from
the ticket office in the car park on your arrival.
Hill Top, Near Sawrey, La22 OLF Tel: 015394 36269
Open:
19 March—30 October, 10: 30 am—4. 30 pm, daily except Thursday and Friday. Also open
Thursday in August and 2 & 3 June and 27 & 28 October.
Shop and Garden open Thursday and Friday, 10:am—5 pm. Ring for winter opening.
Price: Adult ￡5, Child ￡2, Family ￡12
1. From the ads mentioned above, we can learn _______.
A. visitors can admire the scene of the Beatrix Potter’s time in Hill Top
B. visitors can admire the beautiful natural in both the Beatrix Gallery and Hill Top
C. the Beatrix Potter Gallery is more popular with children than Hill Top
D. Beatrix Gallery neighbours Hill Top
2. If the Simths and their 2 children visit the 3 sites, they will have to pay _______.
A. ￡28.2
B. ￡23.4
C. ￡28
D. ￡33
3. If you have the tickets, you must be able to _______.
A. visit Hill Top at opening time
B. visit the Beatrix Potter Gallery on Friday
C. visit Acorn Bank at opening time
D. visit the three sites at any time
4. We can learn from the ads that _______.
A. you can enjoy yourself with a dog as you like at Acorn Bank
B. it is convenient for you to get a timed ticket for Hill Top
C. children who have passed a quiz will be admitted to the Beatrix Potter Gallery
D. you can book the tickets for Hill Top through the telephone number 015394 36355
【解题导语】 本篇为旅游广告，介绍了各旅游点具体情况。
【长难句理解】
①Beatrix Potter wrote and illustrated many of the famous children’s stories in this 17th-century
farmhouse which she bought 100 years ago.
本句为复合句。which 引导一个定语从句，修饰 farmhouse。
② Today you can view her personal treasures and step into the garden which is planted with
flowers and vegetables, just as it would have been in Beatrix Potter’s time.
本句为复合句。which 引导一个定语从句，修饰 garden；as 引导方式状语从句，此时 as
可译为“如；像；按照”。
③ Please note that this is a small and popular house, which gets very busy especially in school
holidays.
本句为复合句。That 引导一个宾语从句；which 引导一个非限制性定语从句。
【答案及简析】
1．A 细节判断题。由 Hill Top 广告中第一段最后一句“just as it would have been in Beatrix
Potter’s time.”可知 A。
2．A 计算题。通过全文我们知道，三个旅游地的家庭票：7.5+8.7+12=28.2，所以选 A。
3．C 细节判断题。在 Hill Top 广告第二段中有“…not all visitors may be able to visit the
house”可知选项 A 不正确；根据 The Beatrix Potter Gallery 中“daily except Thursday
and Friday”，周五不开放，所以选项 B 不正确；这三个旅游地都有时间限制，所以
D 也不正确。
4．B 判断题。由 Hill Top 最后一段“Please collect a timed ticket (including NT members) from
the ticket office in the car park on your arrival.”可知答案。
(B)
Climate change experts from the Tyndall Climate Research Centre in
Britain have said urgent action is needed to curb the rapid growth in air travel
if the government is to meet its commitments on tackling global warming. This
report from Stephen Evans:
Falling ticket prices and rising incomes are leading to rapid growth in global air travel.
According to the British government, the number of British air passengers, for example, will more
than double in the next quarter of a century. Increases of such an order would mean much more
aviation fuel being burned and aviation fuel may be more harmful to the environment than other
fuels because the resulting smoke is emitted at high altitudes.
A group of scientists at the environmental research group, the Tyndall Centre, says that if
Britain is to meet its overall target for cutting damaging emissions, other uses of fuel like for
heating homes or driving cars would have to be cut dramatically.
The British government wants the use of aviation fuel covered by international agreement on
the environment. The difficulty for any individual government is that taxing fuel used at its own
airports might push airlines to move their operations to competing airports in other countries.
5．Which statement is TRUE?
A. A lot of people around the world have recently stopped flying because they have less
money to spend and the price of plane tickets is going up
B. Half as many people as today will fly in the next 25 years.
C. Because more planes are suing more flight petrol and more pollution is being produced in
the sky.
D. The British government would like all countries to agree not to tax airline fuel.
6．Which is the reason that leads to the rapid growth in global air travel?
A. The increase of incomes and the decrease of ticket prices.
B. The growth of the number of good planes.
C. The falling of the oil price.
D. The encouragement of the governments.
7．The Tyndall Centre says ________.
A. the number of British air passengers will more than double in the next quarter of a century.
B. Britain will have to use less energy at home and on the roads to meet the goal of cutting
pollution.
C. If airports are taxed for using fuel by each country’s government, then airlines might use
other airports with cheaper fuel taxes.
D. Only the use of aviation fuel needs to be cut down to meet the overall target for cutting
damaging emissions.
8． What’s the best title of the text?
A. Falling Ticket Prices and Rising Incomes
B. Growth in Air Travel Harms Environment
C. Rapid Growth in Global Air Travel
D. More Flight Petrol, More smoke
【解题导语】
本文介绍了当前时兴的空中旅行以及空中旅行给环境带来的危害。
【长难句理解】
① Climate change experts from the Tyndall Climate Research Centre in Britain have said urgent
action is needed to curb the rapid growth in air travel if the government is to meet its
commitments on tackling global warming.
本句为复合句。Climate change experts 为主语，have said 为谓语，urgent action is…为宾
语从句；if 为条件状语从句。
② Increases of such an order would mean much more aviation fuel being burned and aviation
fuel may be more harmful to the environment than other fuels because the resulting smoke is
emitted at high altitudes.
本句为复合句。Than 引导一个比较状语从句。much more aviation fuel being burned 为
动名词复合结构。
③ The difficulty for any individual government is that taxing fuel used at its own airports might
push airlines to move their operations to competing airports in other countries.
本句为复合句。That 引导一个表语从句。
【答案与简析】
5．
C 根据第二段
“Increases ... would mean much more aviation fuel being burned and ... emitted
at high altitudes.”可知答案选C。
6．A 根据第二段首句Falling ticket prices and rising incomes are leading to rapid growth in
global air travel.可知答案。
7．B 根据最三段if Britain is to meet its overall target for cutting damaging emissions,… 可知答
案。C在最后一段出现，非The Tyndall Centre发布。本题易误选C。
8．B
主旨大意题。综观全文可知本文讲的是空中旅行给环境带来的危害。ABC讲的是空
中旅行给环境带来危害原因或结果。本题易误选C。
(C)
"Reduce, reuse and recycle, this familiar environmentalist slogan tells us how to reduce the
amount of rubbish that ends up in landfills and waterways.
The concept is being used to deal with one possibly dangerous form of waste – electronic
junk (电子垃圾), such as old computers, cell-phones, and televisions. But this process for
managing e-waste may be used in an unscrupulous way more often than not used, a recent report
suggests.
“A lot of these materials are being sent to developing nations under the excuse of reuse – to
bridge the digital divide,” said Richard Gutierrez, a policy researcher.
One of the problems is that no one proves whether these old machines work before they hit
the seaways. Because of this, the report says, e-waste is a growing problem in Lagos, Nigeria, and
elsewhere in the developing world. Much of the waste ends up being thrown away along rivers
and roads. Often it’s picked apart by poor people, who may face dangerous exposure to poisonous
chemicals in the equipment.
Businessmen also pay workers a little money to get back materials such as gold and copper.
This low-tech recovery process could expose workers and the local environment to many
dangerous materials used to build electronics. According to Gutierrez, this shadow economy exists
because the excuse of recycling and reusing electronics gives businessmen “a green passport” to
ship waste around the globe. “Developing nations must take upon some of the responsibility
themselves,” Gutierrez said. But, he added, “A greater portion of this responsibility should fall on
the exporting state.”
China, for example, has become a dumping place for large amounts of e-waste. The nation is
beginning to take action to stop the flow of dangerous materials across its borders. The Chinese
government, after many years of denial, is finally beginning to take the lead.
9．The underlined word “unscrupulous” in Paragraph 1 probably means ________.
A. unsafe
B. tricky
C. wrong
D. immoral
10．What does the fourth paragraph mainly discuss?
A. Old computers and TVs still work before they are sent abroad.
B. Poor people break up e-waste to collect some valuable materials.
C. A lot of e-waste is dumped in developing countries.
D. The problem of e-waste is growing in developing countries.
11．From what Gutierrez said we can learn that ________.
A. exporting countries should mainly be responsible for this problem.
B. neither rich nor poor countries should be blamed for this problem
C. developing countries should be responsible for this problem
D. poor countries should blamed for this problem
12．It can be inferred from the last paragraph that _______.
A. China has hidden a large amount of e-waste in many secret places
B. China has greatly changed hre idea about the problem of e-waste
C. China has prevented poisonous materials from entering China for a long time
D. China is falling behind other countries in dealing with e-wast
13．The passage mainly tells us that _______.
A. developing countries are facing serious environmental problems
B. e-waste is a growing problem in developed countries
C. e-waste is sent to developing countries under the excuse of reuse
D. developing countries are making full use of e-waste
【解题导语】分解，再利用与再循环。这个熟悉的环保人士口号告诉我们怎样以垃圾掩埋法
和水处理法减少垃圾的数量。这种概念同时也被用来处理一种具有潜在危险性的电子垃圾，
例如旧的电脑，电话和电视。但是，一份最近的报道指出，这种处理电子垃圾的程序可能经
常以不道德的方式进行。
【答案与简析】
9．D 词义判断题。根据划线词后面的意思(more often than not…)
10．D 主旨大意题。第四段主要说：在发展中国家许多进口来的电子垃圾被人们沿着河边
与公路扔掉，成了越来越棘手的问题了。通常又被穷人捡回，这些穷人可能面临着那
些设备发出的有毒化学物质的危险。
11．
A 判断理解题。
根据第五段最后一句 But, he added, “A greater portion of this responsibility
should fall on the exporting state.（但他又补充道“大部分责任应该由出口国担当”）”，
故选 A。
12．B 推理判断题。最后一段的意思是“中国已经成为大量电子垃圾的排放地。这个国家
已经开始采取行动来阻止危险物质进入边境。中国政府在否认了很多年后，终于带
头开始行动了。
”故选 B。
13．C 主旨大意题。根据第三段内容可判断答案为 C。这些电子垃圾很多都以重新利用的
名义运往发展中国家。
(D)
Connecting with Patients
Dr. Paris often treats several generations of a family over many years. “He’s seen us through
two births, one operation, multiple earaches, a broken wrist and a recovery from a serious traffic
crash,” says Jill Farrow, a 43-year-old lawyer whose first visit to Dr. Paris was as a teenager.
During the birth of her younger son, Farrow began bleeding badly. Dr. Paris managed to solve the
problem in a delicate procedure. “Twenty years ago, she probably would have died,” he says.
Today, when he performs school sports physical examinations for the Farrow boys, 10 and 11, he
is always reminded that lives are changed forever by doctors just doing their jobs.
To be a mix of country doc and somewhat adventurer, the 55-year-old family physician
moved to Hailey after completing his residency（医生实习期）. He hoped to practice medicine
there and ski at nearby Sun Valley. Unfortunately, the only job opening was for an
emergency-room doctor in Missoula, Montana, 300 miles away. Dr. Paris took it. "I'd ski all day
and then drive all night to be in Missoula for a 48-hour shift," he recalls. "I'm lucky to be alive."
Knowing he couldn't keep up with his eight-hour commute（通勤）, he began taking flying lessons.
In 1981, Dr. Paris joined a small medical practice in Hailey, a former mining town with a
population at the time of 2,109. As Hailey grew in the shadow of Sun Valley's booming popularity,
Dr. Paris's own practice expanded to seven physicians, including his wife, Kathryn Woods, who is
also a family doctor. They met in 1986 at a certification exam in Denver when, in a room full of
men in stodgy suits, Woods arrived wearing a Lycra biking outfit and carrying the front wheel of
her bicycle (which she couldn't lock up outside). Dr. Paris asked her out on the spot. In 1989, they
married.
14．What Jill Farrow says is to indicate ________.
A. how weak the bodies of her family
B. how hard it is to be a doctor
C. how brilliant the physician’s skill is
D. how easy it is to deal with such problems
15．Dr. Paris often reminds himself that ________.
A. lives of people should not always stay the same
B. people can rely on themselves to change their life
C. doctors should change their own life
D. it is the duty of a doctor to heal the patients
16．Why did Dr. Paris move to Hailey?
A. Because he can be a doctor and an adventurer there.
B. Because he has to finish his residency there.
C. Because his children are fond of skiing at nearby Sun Valley.
D. Because he has to be an emergency-room doctor there.
17．We can infer the doctor got married probably at the age of ________.
A. 27.
B. 37.
C. 17.
D. 47.
18．This passage is intended to ________.
A. introduce Dr. Paris
B. praise the doctor’s excellent medical art
C. describe the doctor’s adventurous experience
D. tell the doctor’s love affairs
文章出处：
（http://hi.baidu.com/jiaoshiqun/blog/item/ee14d607088dd2cc7b8947d3.html）
【答案与简析】
14．C 推理判断题。第一段 Jill Farrow 说的话是在赞扬 Dr. Paris 医术高明。
15．D 细节理解题。由第一段 he is always reminded that lives are changed forever by doctors
just doing their job.得出答案。Dr, Paris 总是在提醒自己，医生通过自己的工作可以改变病人
的生命，这是医生的使命。
16．A 细节理解题。由第二段 He hoped to practice medicine there and ski…..得出，医生搬往
Hailey 是希望在那里既能实践自己的医术，有能在附近的太阳峡谷滑雪探险。
17．B 推理判断题。今年 55 岁的 Dr. Paris 于 1989 年结婚，当时他应该是 37 岁。
18．A 概括大意题。本文主要介绍 Paris 这位名医，其他选项一概片面。
(E)
Last night was the last game for my eight-year-old son’s soccer team. It was the final quarter.
The score was two to one, and my son’s team was in the lead. Parents surrounded the playground,
offering encouragement.
With less than ten seconds remaining, the ball suddenly rolled in front of my son’s teammate,
Mickey O’Donnell. With “Kick it!” echoing across the playground, Mickey turned around and
gave it everything he had. All around me the crowd erupted. O’Donnell had scored!
Then there was silence. Mickey had scored all right, but in the wrong goal, ending the game
in a tie. For a moment there was a total hush. You see, Mickey has Down syndrome(综合症) and
for him there was no such thing as a wrong goal. All goals were celebrated by a joyous hug from
Mickey. He had even been known to hug the opposing players when they scored.
The silence was finally broken when Mickey, his face filled with joy, hugged my son tightly
and shouted, “I scored! I scored! Everybody won! Everybody won!” For a moment I held my
breath, not sure how my son would react. I need not have worried. I watched, through tears, as my
son threw up his hand in the classic high-five salute and started chanting, “Way to go Mickey!
Way to go Mickey!” Within moments both teams surrounded Mickey, joining in the chant and
congratulating him on his goal.
Later that night, when my daughter asked who had won, I smiled as I replied, “It was a tie.
Everybody won.”
19．The underlined word “hush” in paragraph 3 means ________.
A. cheer.
B. cry
C. laughter
D. silence
20．What did the author worry about when Mickey scored and hugged his son?
A. The result of the match would fail his son.
B. His son would shout at Mickey for his goal.
C. Mickey would again hug the opposing players.
D. His son would understand Mickey’s wrong goal.
21．It can be inferred from the passage that _____.
A. both teams liked and respected Mickey
B. both teams were thankful to Mickey for his goal
C. Mickey didn’t mind though his goal was wrong
D. Mickey was a kind-hearted boy and hoped everybody won
22．The purpose of the author in writing the passage is _____.
A. to tell a joke to make readers laugh
B. to suggest we should not mind losing
C. to show enjoying a game is more than winning a game
D. to present his son’s fine qualities of understanding others
【解题导语】一个八岁的小男孩，在足球比赛即将结束的时候，把球踢到了自己的球门里，
他却开心地叫了起来……
【长难句理解】（略）
【答案与简析】
19．D 从第四段开头 The silence was finally broken when Mickey,…可以得出答案。
20．B 根据常识可以判断，在误投对方球门的情况下，对方过来拥抱，误投者应该是生气。
此题较难。
21．A 最后一段。
22．C 同上。
【第二组】
（A）
Many people like the feeling of the gentle wind in spring. Many like to see the falling leaves
dancing in the wind in autumn. But sometimes, when the wind becomes a storm, it can be very
destructive(毁灭性的).
A series of such storms struck the US last month and caused very serious damage and human
pain.
Every year, major storms cause many problems around the world. There is nothing people
can do to stop these powerful forces of nature. But new techniques are helping scientists to
predict(预测) how, when, and where big storms will happen. The more exact scientists’ warnings
are, the better people can prepare for the storms.
Predictions are improving. “We’ve gotten better over the years, especially the last few years,”
says Phil Klotzback, a scientist at an American university. How is a storm formed? Even if
scientists know where a storm will happen, winds can suddenly change, carrying the storm to a
new direction. “For a hurricane to happen, conditions have to be just right,” Klotzbach says.
First, the ocean water needs to be warm enough so that it evaporates and rises into the air. As
it rises, the vapor(水蒸气) cools and turns back into liquid. This process gives off heat. This
produces energy like an engine that causes winds to increase. It drives the formation of a
hurricane.
If wind speeds reach 40 miles per hour, the system is called a “tropical storm”, and it gets a
name. At 75 miles per hour, it becomes a hurricane.
Hurricanes that hit the US start when a thunderstorm forms off the coast of Africa. Storms
also develop over tropical waters in other parts of the world.
On average, 60 or 70 storms form off Africa every year. About 10 of them get names. There
are usually about six hurricanes. Two tend to be very big, with winds of 115 miles per hour or
higher.
The hurricane season lasts from June to November. Ninety percent of all hurricanes hit in
August, September, and October.
1．According to the text, hurricanes usually _____.
A. form off the coast of Africa and America
B. travel at 40 miles per hour and get its name
C. cause sea winds to rise and blow over the sea
D. hit parts of the world in summer and autumn
2．The underlined word “evaporates”(in Paragraph 5) probably means “_____”.
A. begins to move
B. gets lost
C. becomes hot
D. changes into a gas
3．Which of the following about the information of a hurricane is the correct order?
a. The ocean water evaporates and goes into the air.
b. Heat creates energy and causes winds to increase.
c. The vapor cools.
d. The ocean water is warm enough.
e. The vapor changes back into liquid.
f. This course gives out heat.
A. a, d, e, b, c, f
B. a, b, c, f, d, e
C. d, a, c, e, f, b
D. d, a, b, c, e, f
4．According to the text, the speed of the biggest two hurricanes reaches _____.
A. 115 miles per hour
B. 170 miles per hour
C. 75 miles per hour
D. 135 miles per hour
【解题导语】本文介绍飓风发生的时间和造成的危害。
【答案与简析】
1．D 细节理解题。由文章最后一段知道飓风发生在夏季和秋季。
2．D 词义判断题。由句意知 evaporates 为“蒸发”之意。
3．C 细节理解排序题。从第五段可知。
4．A 细节理解题。从倒数第二段最后一句话可知。
(B)
You have the ability to decide if you are happy or not. Happiness is a choice.
You can't depend on someone else to make you happy. That is a lesson I learned early on in
my marriage. I realized that I couldn't rely on my husband as my source of happiness. I learned
that my happiness depended on me and not my husband's actions. I learned that you have to
choose to be happy.
You can choose your emotions. True happiness comes from within, it can't be forced by
outside forces. So how do you choose happiness? The same away you choose to smile or choose
to wear a certain outfit.You choose it because that's what you want to experience in your life.
You want to buy a new pair of shoes so you choose a pair that you like and feels good. You
wouldn't buy a pair of shoes that you don't like or that don't fit well, right? So why do we keep
choosing emotions and feelings that don't make us feel good?
Choosing to be happy after you realize your anger has shown up (or even choosing to be
calm) can be beneficial. We choose our feelings, no one can do that for us. If we let others get to
us, influence our emotions - we are giving them power over us. When others cause us anger or
pain, we are giving them our power.
We need to keep our feelings in check and not react automatically to what is thrown at us. We
need to think our actions out instead of just reacting to what someone says or does.
Remember that we can always choose happiness. At first it will be difficult to just switch
your thoughts and feelings from anger, self-doubt, or fear to joy and happiness. But it is only a
thought away. Don't dwell on what happens to you unnecessarily but realize what is causing you
to feel that way. Realize that thoughts, feelings and emotions can change. Then move on and
choose to be happy.
5．What’s the best title of this passage?
A. Pretend to Be Happy
B. Choose Your Emotions
C. Chose to Be Happy
D. Find Happiness
6．The lesson the writer learned in her marriage is ________.
A. one can’t rely on someone else to make himself or herself happy
B. balancing the relationship between the husband and wife is an art
C. she can depend on her husband to find happiness
D. happiness can be influenced by outside forces
7．Why did the writer mention buying shoes?
A. To offer advice on how to choose comfortable shoes,
B. To use it as an example illustrate the importance of choosing to be happy.
C. To compare choosing shoes and choosing an outfit.
D. To help to move to the next paragraph easily.
8．The writer suggests that we should ________.
A. let others control our feelings
B. respond immediately to others’ words
C. hold back our feelings properly
D. pay more attention to words than actions
9．The general idea of the last paragraph is that ________.
A. people have different feelings at different time
B. anger is only a thought away
C. we should list the reasons for our various emotions
D. one can change one’s feelings and choose to be happy
【答案与简析】
5．C 概括大意题。由全文概括得出，本文的主旨是选择快乐心情。首句 You have the ability
to decide …可看出答案。
6．A 细节理解题。由第二段 That is a lesson I learned early on in my marriage 得出，that 指
的是前面一句：让自己快乐不要指望别人。
7．B 推理判断题。作者在第四段提到买鞋例子来说明选择快乐心情使自己舒服的重要性。
8．C 细节理解题。作者建议我们要适当控制情绪。倒数第二段首句可以看出。
9．D 判断推理题。最后一段意思是：我们可以改变自己的心情，进而选择快乐。
(C)
One kilogram --- that was all it took to crown（给……加
冕） the world's strongest man.
German weightlifter Matthias Steiner pulled ahead of
Russian rival Evgeny Chigishev to win the Olympic men's
+105 kg weightlifting gold medal on Tuesday.
Steiner lifted a total of 461kg, 203kg in the snatch(抓举) and 258kg in the clean and jerk(挺
举), to beat Chigishev by a single kilogram. The German won the battle of giants in his last lift,
winning his country's first gold medal in the event at this year's Games.
Steiner's winning lift was also the last effort of the sport for this Olympics at which China
earned eight of the 15 golds.
Steiner was born in Austria and represented his country of birth at the Athens Olympics four
years ago, placing seventh in the lower 105kg category, but had a falling out with Austria's
weightlifting federation afterwards.
He applied for German citizenship in 2005 and got married, but his career went into deep
freeze（困境）as he could not compete without a passport. He finally obtained the document last
January.
The German, who turns 26 on Monday, had come to these Games on a mission to win the
title for his wife Susann, who died in a car accident in July last year. The German team said he
used the personal tragedy to motivate himself to win the gold medal.
Chigishev was the strongest in the snatch session Tuesday. He kissed his fists after a 210-kg
lift that gave him a 7-kg advantage over fourth-placed Steiner going into the second event -- the
clean and jerk. He let out a victorious roar（吼叫）after clearing 250 kg in his last lift, but the glory
was short-lived as Steiner stunned（使瞠目）everyone with his final, winning clean and jerk effort.
Steiner had finished seventh in the 2004 Olympics in the 105kg weight category, and took the
gold in the 2008 European Championship +105kg snatch competition, bronze in the clean and jerk
and silver overall, with a total weight of 446kg.
World champion Viktors Scerbatihs of Latvia settled for bronze.
10. Steiner won the gold by lifting ______.
A. 105 kg
B. 461 kg
C. 258 kg
D. 210 kg
11. Four years ago at the Athens Olympics Steiner represented ______.
A. Australia
B. Germany
C. Austria
D. Russia
12. The following statements are true except ______.
A. Steiner beat Chigishev by one kilogram
B. Chinese weightlifting team won eight of the 15 gold medals at this year’s Games
C. Steiner didn’t get the passport until last February
D. Steiner got a bronze in the 2008 European Championship +105kg clean and jerk
competition
13. It can be inferred from the story that _____.
A. Steiner was inspired by his unfortunate wife to win the gold medal
B. Chigishev was also the strongest in the second event
C. it is hard to get a German citizenship
D. Steiner was determined to win the medal for the German team
14. What is the best title of the story?
A. Narrow Victory
B. Pitiful Failure
C. Gold Medal for His Dearest Wife
D. Strongest Man of the World
【解题导语】
德国举重运动员马蒂亚斯•施泰纳在北京奥运会冠军领奖台上亲吻亡妻苏姗娜的照片，
含泪感叹他终于实现了对妻子的承诺：永不放弃奥运梦想。苏珊娜 2007 年遭遇车祸，在妻
子弥留之际，守在病床边的施泰纳向她做出了上述承诺。
【答案与简析】
10. B 细节理解题。Steiner 以 461 公斤的总成绩获得冠军。文章第三段首句 Steiner lifted a
total of 461kg, 203kg in the snatch and 258kg in the clean and jerk, to beat Chigishev by a single
kilogram.作了具体叙述。
11. C 细节理解题。文章第五段首句 Steiner was born in Austria and represented his country of
birth at the Athens Olympics four years ago 说四年前 Steiner 是代表奥地利队的。后来他离开奥
地利举重协会加入了德国籍。
12. C 细节理解题。Steiner 最后拿到护照的时间是去年的 1 月，而不是 2 月，因此 C 项叙
述不正确。
13. A 推理判断题。
第七段说 Steiner had come on a mission to win the title for his wife Susann，
德国队也说 he used the personal tragedy to motivate himself to win the gold medal.，由此可以推
知 Steiner 的夺金动力来自他的已故的妻子 Susann。
14. C 主旨大意题。综合全文，C 项《金牌告慰亡妻》能全面概括文章的大意。
(D)
No matter how long your life, you will, at best, be able to read only a few books of all that
have been written, and the few you do read should include the best. You can rejoice in the fact that
the number of such is relatively small.
________________ Yet there is a surprising uniformity in the lists which represent the best
choices of any period. In every age, the list makers include both ancient and modern books in their
selections, and they always wonder whether the moderns are up to the great books of the past.
What are the signs by which we may recognize a great book? The four I will mention may
not be all they are, but they are the ones I’ve found most useful in explaining my choices over the
years.
Great books are probably the most widely read. They are not best sellers for a year or two.
They are enduring best sellers. GONE WITH THE WIND has had relatively few readers
compared to the plays of Shakespeare or DON QUIXOTE. It would be reasonable to estimate that
Homer’s Iliad（伊丽亚特）has been read by at least 25,000,000 people in the last 3000 years.
Great books are popular, not pedantic. They are not written by specialists about specialties
for specialists. Whether they are philosophy or science, or history or poetry, they treat of human,
not academic problems. They are written for men, not professors. To read a textbook for advanced
students, you have to read an elementary textbook first. But the great books can be considered
elementary in the sense that they treat the elements of any subject matter. They are not related to
one another as a series of textbooks, graded in difficulty or in the technicality of the problems with
which they deal.
Great books are always contemporary, the most readable and instructive.
Great books deal with the persistently unsolved problems of human life. There are genuine
mysteries in the world that mark the limits of human knowing and thinking. Inquiry not only
begins with wonder, but usually ends with it also. Great minds acknowledge mysteries honestly.
Wisdom is fortified, not destroyed, by understanding its limitations.
15．Which is NOT the criterion in the following when evaluating a great book?
A. Although not a best seller, it must be the most widely read.
B. A great book can be read without any effort.
C. Great books are never obsolete.
D. Great books will not disappointed you if you try to read them well.
16．Which of the following can be put in the blank in the second paragraph?
A. Great books deal with the persistently unsolved problems of human life.
B. It is to be expected that the selections will change with the times
C. The listing of the best books is as old as reading and writing.
D. The fundamental human problems remain the same in all ages.
17．According to the author, Gone With The Wind is ________.
A. a best seller
B. disgusted by readers who like Shakespeare
C. read more often than Don Quixote
D. a great book
18．In the passage “pedantic” means ________.
A. showing the feelings, esp, those of kindness, which people are supposed to have
B. serving as practical examples
C. being elementary
D. paying too much attention to details in books
19．The best title for this passage is ________.
A. Great Books in Your Life
B. Great Books in Your Speciality
C. How to Find a Great Book?
D. What Is a Great Book?
【解题导语】本文是一篇关于名著的说明文。第一、二段指出人们一生要读很多书，但名著
却很少，而且古典名著一直被大家公认，从而引出本文讨论的话题：评定名著的标准是
什么？文章接下来的部分就此进行了详细分析和说明。
【长难句理解】
①What are the signs by which we may recognize…. The four I will mention may not… but they
are the ones I have found most useful…. 第一句中 which 引导的定语从句修饰 signs。第二句
中“I will mention”是定语从句，省略了关系代词 that，修饰 the four；
“I’ve found….”也
是定语从句，省略了关系代词 that， 修饰 the ones。
②Great books are… They are not… They are enduring best sellers. Gone With the Wind has had
relatively few readers….. 本意群包括四个简单句。主要说明评判名著的一个标准。
Compared to…为过去分词短语做状语。
③Great book are popular, not pedantic. They are not written by specialist about specialties for
specialists.
本句两个简单句说明了评判名著的另一个标准。
【答案及简析】
15．D 细节理解题。文中第四、五、六、七段分别提到四条评定名著的标准：阅读者多，
通俗而非学术性的，不落后于时代和探讨人类长久未解决的问题。A、B、C 都是文
中提到的。只有 D 不正确。本题易误选 B
16．B 主旨大意题。此处要注意下文的 Yet，表一个转折关系。下文说但是有一些作品可
以作为任何时代的必读书目。可判断空白处表达的意思应是不同时代有不同的选读
书。B 符合此意。其他不合题意。本句意思是：人们预料，随着时代的变迁，选择
书籍的方向会有所改变。
17．A 观点态度题。文中第四段主要说明名著的一个特点就是读者多，不是一两年的畅销
书，而《飘》不如莎士比亚戏剧或《堂吉珂德》的读者多，说明读者认为《飘》不是
名著，只是一本畅销书。所以，选 A 正确。本题最难，易误选 D
18．D 语义理解题。由文中第五段第一句可判断 pedantic 一词与 popular 意思相反，而第
五段第二句进一步解释了该词的意思，可判断选项 D 正确。本题易误选 B
19．D 主旨大意题。A、B 说的是在日常生活和专业领域的名著，文章根本没有做这样的
分类；文中第三段就谈到评定名著的四个标准，所以 D 正确。
(E)
Babies Learn to Predict Behavior When About a Year Old 一岁婴儿学会预测行
为
To most parents, babies are a terrific mystery. Researchers now say that from the eyes of a
young baby, parents are just as mysterious and confusing, because according to a new study,
babies younger than 6 months old cannot predict what another person is trying to do.
Swedish researchers studied 6-month-old babies, 1-year-old babies and adults, all of whom
watched a video of a hand placing toys into a bucket. The 1-year-old babies and adults quickly
learned to shift their gazes to the bucket when the hand picked up a toy, indicating they knew what
the hand was about to do.
But the 6-month-olds did not shift their gaze. Researchers speculate that the brain uses
specific neural wiring to make predictions about how people might act. At 6 months old, babies'
brains don't have that wiring yet.
The findings won't help parents calm crying babies any quicker, but they might shed some
light on the situation. For example, if Mommy picks up a favorite toy, a 6-month-old infant
wouldn't guess that she intends to hand that toy over, even if she has done that before.
This study reminds us that babies younger than 6 months have a hard time figuring out what
we intend to do, "so it is important not to misinterpret their behavior as manipulative or
demanding of attention," said Dr. John Constantino, a pediatric psychiatry professor at the
Washington University School of Medicine.
By the time infants are a year old, they can more easily understand how the people around
them might behave.
For example, researchers found that if a 1-year-old infant saw Mommy's hand pick up a ball,
he would expect Mommy to drop the ball into a bucket, because he has seen her do that before.
Researchers explain that at 12 months, the infant's brain has developed enough to understand
that if he'd picked up the ball, he would put it in the bucket himself.
20．The best title of this passage probably is ________.
A. Babies of Different Ages React to the Outside World
B. The Differences Between Babies and Adults
C. Babies Learn to Predict Behavior at About a Year Old
D. How Parents Understand Their Babies at Different Stages
21．We can’t expect a baby young than six months ________.
A. to understand your actions
B. to do research with scientists
C. to stop crying easily
D. to recognize its parents
22．The key factor that babies decide the prediction is ________.
A. judgment
B. the development of a baby’s body
C. the toy used in the experiment
D. neural wiring
23．The underlined word “they” in the sixth paragraph refers to ________.
A. researchers
B. people around
C. babies
D. professors at the university
24．It can be inferred from the passage that _______.
A. a baby of 12 months should be taught many things
B. a baby at the age of one year old can imitate actions
C. a baby under six months shouldn’t be taught anything
D. a baby should be taught a language as early as possible
文章出处：(http://diversity.blog.hexun.com/4240400_d.html)
【答案与简析】
20．C 大意概括题。根据最后一段得出答案。试验得出的结论是一岁左右的孩子才能预知
行为。
21．A 细节理解题。根据第二段得出答案。六个月以下的婴儿不理解人的行为。
22．D 细节理解题。根据第三段 Researchers guess that the brain uses…how people might act
得出答案。neural wiring“神经线”使婴儿具有判断动作的能力。
23．C 指代猜测题。根据前文可以看出 they 指的是 babies。
24．B 判断推理题。根据最后一段最后一句…if he'd picked up the ball, he would put it in the
bucket himself. 得出答案。一岁左右的婴儿能模仿大人的动作。
【第三组】
（A）
One spring summer I was walking in Paris. At a shop I looked into the window, and then
began to walk again. Suddenly a young woman spoke to me in English, "Excuse me, but your coat
is dirty. You have white spots on your back."
“I don’t think my coat is dirty,” I said. “This is a new coat.”
“But I see some white spots on your back,” she insisted. “Someone must have thrown paste
（糊状物） at you I think I can get rid of them.” She began to pull a handkerchief out of her
handbag. “Take off your coat right now. I will clean your coat. Oh, this is terrible.” She was so
kind that I decided to take off my coat and hand it to her. She soiled two of her handkerchiefs and
made my coat clean again. “Thank you,” I said. But before I put it on again, she began to hurry
away from me. I quickly checked my pocket. Oh! My wallet was gone. She was a member of a
pickpocket group.
Three years later, I was taking pictures in the beautiful city of Alexandria in Egypt. A girl
came up to me, asking me to see what was wrong with her camera.
“Another young girl! I had better take care of mallet,” I began to step away from her. Then
she called her father. An elderly man came and said, “Excuse me. We are visitors from Israel. We
don’t know how change the film. You look like a photographer. Can you do us a favor?”
“Sure,” I said. “It’s no problem. The fact is that I once had my picket picked in Paris by a
young girl. I have been very nervous about young girls since then.” The father and I laughed, and
we became friends. But how difficult it is to tell a good girl from a bad one while they are young
and beautiful!
1．From the text, we can see the writer ________.
A. was a Frenchman visiting Egypt
B. was the second girl and her father’s townsman
C. felt it hard to judge a woman from her appearance
D. had his wallet stolen a second time
2．We can learn that the writer’s coat ________.
A. was quite old
B. was made dirty on purpose
C. was made of cloth with some spots
D. was quite clean when he took it off
3．Why did the writer step away from the girl in Alexandria?
A. Because he thought the girl was a member of a pickpocket group.
B. Because he tried to avoid meeting the girl’s father.
C. Because he was very nervous about beautiful girls.
D. Because he didn’t know how to change the film.
4．Which of the following is TRUE according to the text?
A. The writer had seen through the girl’s trick before her father came.
B. The woman in Paris cleaned the writer’s coat out of kindness.
C. The writer misunderstood the young woman in Paris.
D. The writer helped the father and daughter in Alexandria.
【解题导语】本篇为记叙文，叙述了作者在巴黎及埃及的亚历山大城的两次人生经历。
【长难句理解】
①She was so kind that I decided to take off my coat and hand it to her.
结果状语从句，so…that…太……以致于……。
② The fact is that I once had my picket picked in Paris by a young girl.
That 引导一个表语从句。
③ But how difficult it is to tell a good girl from a bad one while they are young and beautiful!
并列句，….while…. “而”、“可是”。
【答案与简析】
1．C 推理判断题。从文章最后一句可以看出他认为从外貌判断人是很难的。
2．B
细节理解题。在巴黎，作者的新外衣的确被弄脏，为什么别人没注意到，而只有那
个年轻妇女注意到了呢？可以推断，一定有人故意弄脏作者衣服，女小偷才得手，
他们是联手作案，on purpose 是“故意”；C 项缺乏依据；文章中说那位骗子弄脏
了两个手绢，可见 D 不正确。
3．A 细节理解题。本题从作者的思想活动中可找到答案。
4．D 辨别正误题。作者对父女俩说“no problem”，可见他确实会换胶卷，而且从他说的
话和后来与父女俩成为朋友的事实，可以推断，他一定帮了这个忙；B、C 都与作者
第一次经历不符合；在女孩父亲来之前，作者虽有戒心，但女孩并没有歹意，A 项
也不正确。
(B)
英语情感故事-A Guy Named Bill
His name was Bill. He had wild hair, wore a T-shirt with holes in it, blue jeans and no shoes.
In the entire time I knew him I never once saw Bill wear a pair of shoes. Rain, sleet or snow, Bill
was barefoot. This was his clothing for his whole four years of college.
He became a Christian while attending college. Across the street from the campus was a
church full of well-dressed, middle-class people.
One day, Bill decided to worship there. He walked into the church, complete with his wild
hair, T-shirt, blue jeans and bare feet. The church was completely packed, and the service had
already begun. Bill started down the aisle to find a place to sit. By now the people were looking a
bit uncomfortable, but no one said anything.
As Bill moved closer and closer to the pulpit（讲道坛）, he realized there were no empty seats.
So he squatted and sat down on the carpet right up front. By now, the people seemed uptight, and
the tension in the air was thickening.
Right about the time Bill took his “seat,” a deacon（执事）began slowly making his way down
the aisle from the back of the sanctuary（圣殿）. The deacon was in his eighties, had silver gray
hair, a three-piece suit and a pocket watch. He was a godly man -- very elegant, dignified and
courtly.
It took a long time for the man to reach the boy. The church was utterly silent except for the
clicking of his cane. You couldn’t even hear anyone breathing. All eyes were on the deacon.
But then they saw the elderly man drop his cane on the floor. With great difficulty, he sat
down on the floor next to Bill and worshipped with him. Everyone in the congregation choked up
with emotion. When the minister gained control, he told the people, “What I am about to preach,
you will never remember. What you’ve just seen, you will never forget.”
5．How do we know about Bill?
A. He had worn-out shoes.
B. He was poorly dressed.
C. He was a high school student.
D. He didn’t believe in God.
6．The church was mainly attended by ________.
A. college students
B. citizens nearby
C. fairly rich people
D. rich businessmen
7．It can be inferred from the passage that _______.
A. people present looked down upon Bill
B. every present showed respect to Bill.
C. the atmosphere was in favor of Bill
D. Bill would interrupt the service
8．Why did the people hold their breath as the deacon approached Bill?
A. They thought that the poorly dressed boy would attack the deacon.
B. They guessed that deacon would greatly praise the poorly dressed boy.
C. They supposed that the deacon would give the boy a seat.
D. They expected that something unpleasant would happen.
9．What the deacon wanted to teach his church members was _______.
A. people in rags shouldn’t have seats in the church
B. well dressed people should sit side by side with poorly dressed ones
C. people should learn to show love ad respect to others, even those in rags
D. well dressed people should give their seats to poorly dressed people
【答案与简析】
5．B 归纳概括题。Bill 最明显的特征是衣衫褴褛。
6．C 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句得出答案。来做礼拜的人大都衣着整齐。
7．A 推测题。根据第三段最后一句（By now the people were looking a bit….）得出答案。
其他的人看不起 Bill，因为他衣着不整。
8．D 推测理解题。根据情景，其他的人认为执事会对这位衣衫褴褛不速之客采取不利于
他的措施。
9．C 细节理解题。根据最后一段得出答案。这位执事用行动表明，要尊重任何人。坐在
男孩旁边，和他一起祈祷，这本身就是对男孩的尊敬和支持。
(C)
Powerful, blonde and over six feet tall, Maria Sharapova is
the most brilliant tennis player who has ever stepped on tennis
court. In the summer of 2004, seventeen-year-old Sharapova
shocked the tennis world by defeating defending champion
Serena Williams in the singles finals at Wimbledon, becoming
the first Russian player to win the prestigious tennis event, and the third youngest winner in the
history of the tournament.
Born on April 19, 1987, in Nyagan, a town in western Siberia, Russia, Maria Sharapova was
encouraged by her parents to try everything, from dancing and music to athletics. She discovered
tennis after her fourth birthday. Her parents liked to play tennis, too, so they began teaching her
how to hit the ball. She proved to be a quick learner, and when she was six years old they traveled
to Moscow for a youth tennis clinic.
Sharapova and her father moved from Russia to Florida when she was nine so that she could
study at the tennis academy of Nick Bollettieri. She won her first junior championship title at the
age of thirteen, and turned professional in 2001. Then Sharapova steadily worked her way up
through the professional ranks, claiming her first WTA victory in Japan in 2003. Her crowning
moment came the next year, when she won Winbledon, at a young age of 17, solidifying a
consistent spot in the top five. She gained her second and third major titles by beating Justine
Henin at the 2006 US Open and Ana Ivanovic at the 2008 Australian Open. Sharapova has earned
a spot on Forbes magazine’s "Celebrity 100"list as the highest paid female athlete in the world.
Sharapova hopes to win Wimbledon, the Australian, French, and US Opens in the same year.
No other female player has done so since German champion Steffi Graf in 1988. Sharapova also
looks forward to a career beyond tennis. She has done some modeling, is a devoted reader of
fashion magazines, and has even helped design some of her court outfits with Nike. Fashion
design might be a career option when she retires from tennis. Acting would be an-other choice.
"Nothing scares me," she said, "because I’m not worried about failure. You never know until you
try. So if you don’t try, you’ve failed. All I know is, I’m starving to be the best."
10. Which of the following is not TRUE?
A. Sharapova became the champion of the Wimbledon tournament at the age of 17.
B. The third Russian player in the history of Wimbledon to win the champion
C. Sharapova began to play tennis at the age of four
D. The Wimbledon Tournament is an important event
11. Sharapova won her first junior championship title _____.
A. six
B. four
C. seventeen
D. thirteen
12. According to the story, the Forbes magazine _____.
A. is a youth tennis training center
B. holds the Wimbledon tournament
C. ranks the famous people worldwide every year
D. introduces fashion
13. What does the underlined word in the second paragraph mean?
A. An office providing medical service
B. Sports training center
C. Stadium holding competitions
D. A person offering medical service
14. The best title of the story is _____.
A. An Outstanding Tennis Star
B. History of The Wimbledon Tournament
C. Success from Youth
D. Championships Sharapova Has Got
【解题导语】
莎拉波娃以青春秀丽的外表及不俗的球技成为新一代球员中"美女兼实力派"的代表。毕
竟"天才少女成名记"的故事发生过太多次，而后如流星般"陨落"的更是不在少数，若是莎拉
波娃在荣誉与掌声背后能够一如既往地努力进步，才可能有希望成为明日网坛真正的天后。
【答案与简析】
10. B 细节理解题。
文章第一段末句说 the first Russian player to win the prestigious tennis event,
and the third youngest winner in the history of the tournament 而非第三位获得温布尔登网球公
开赛冠军的俄罗斯选手。
11. D 细节理解题。文章第二段说 She won her first junior championship title at the age of
thirteen。
12. C 推理判断题。从文章的介绍来看，
《福布斯》是一本定期公布名人排行榜的杂志。
13. B 词义理解题。clinic 在此意为“培训中心，培训学校”。
14. A 主旨大意题。综合全文可知，本文主题为《杰出的网球明星》比较合理。其它答案过
于片面。
(D)
Question
I have recently returned to college to complete my Bachelor’s degree. I am in an accelerated
（加速的）course. In this course there are no tests or exams, only class presentations（陈述）. I
have recently prepared my PowerPoint and will study the material. I am not very knowledgeable
in the material. I have not had to speak in public since high school which was many years ago. I
am somewhat of a shy person; I am losing sleep because of the anxiety and fear of doing this class
for the next year; I have considered giving up, but want so badly to complete this. I am, for lack of
a better word, terrified.
Answer
Being a shy person is not really a factor in giving a presentation. Your focus should be on
providing information to the other students Think of yourself as a teacher or instructor and not as
someone who is trying to show how good he is.
The fact that you are using a PowerPoint presentation takes an enormous amount of pressure
off of you. With a speech, there is the fear of forgetting what you were going to say. But with a
PowerPoint presentation you have a guide.
Some people use only a few words in their bullet-points, while others include full sentences.
But for each bullet-point, you need to have some extra material. If you do happen to forget
something, no one will know the difference.
The big thing is to give your presentation several times before you give it in class. You can
record your practice. This will force you to go through it completely. If you can, give your
presentation to a friend.
This practice should give you the confidence in being able to do the task effectively.
Although you may be somewhat nervous when you start, once you get going things should be a lot
smoother. Best wishes on getting some great presentation.
15．The best title of this passage probably is ________.
A. Interested in Presenting in College
B. Terrified of Getting Presentations in College
C. Hesitation in Speaking in Class
D. Desperate in Presenting in College
16．Why did the person asking for advice have to express himself in class?
A. He wanted to give himself a challenge.
B. His classmates all did so.
C. He couldn’t pass his written exams.
D. The course required so.
17．He adviser intended to suggest that the questioner ________.
A. give his information, ignoring his classmate.
B. ask his professor for advice in details
C. fix his attention to presenting knowledge to his classmates
D. calm himself down before presenting his knowledge
18．In the adviser’s opinion, the advantage of using PowerPoint probably is that _______.
A. it can remind you to say what you have prepared
B. it can provide more information
C. it can save a lot of time
D. it can show your complete preparation
19．To get rid of anxiety, the most important thing is ________.
A. learning all your knowledge by heart
B. discussing it with others
C. pretending to perform it before you start
D. giving enough practice before giving your presentations in class
【答案与简析】
15．B 大意概括题。根据第一段最后一句 I am, for lack of a better word, terrified.得出答案。
求助者被当着同学的面陈述学习任务感到恐惧。
16．D 细节理解题。根据第一段第三句 In this course there are no tests or….得出答案。课程
无需考试，但要在班上陈述。
17．C 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句 Your focus should be on….得出答案。建议把精力集
中在向同学学习陈述知识上，不要想其他的。
18．A 细节理解题。根据第三段 But with a PowerPoint presentation you have a guide.得出答
案。PowerPoint 就象个向导，提醒你要讲的内容。
19．D 判断归纳题。根据倒数第二段首句 The big thing is to give….得出答案。建议者认为，
消除紧张的重要方法是做充分的练习。
(E)
In a few years, you might be able to speak Chinese, Korean, Japanese, French, and
English—and all at the same time. This sounds incredible, but Alex Waibel, a computer science
professor at US's Carnegie Mellon University (CMU) and Germany's University of Karlsruhe,
announced last week that it may soon be reality. He and his team have invented software and
hardware that could make it far easier for people who speak different languages to understand
each other.
One application, called Lecture Translation, can easily translate a speech from one language
into another. Current translation technologies typically limit speakers to certain topics or a limited
vocabulary. Users also have to be trained how to use the programme.
Another prototype(雏形机) can send translations of a speech to different listeners depending
on what language they speak. “It is like having a simultaneous translator right next to you but
without disturbing the person next to you,” Waibel said.
Prefer to read? So-called Translation Glasses transcribe(转录) the translations on a tiny
liquid-crystal(液晶) display(LCD) screen.
Then there's the Muscle Translator. Electrodes capture the electrical signals from facial
muscle movements made naturally when a person is mouthing words. The signals are then
translated into speech. The electrodes could be replaced with wireless chips implanted in a
person's face, according to researchers.
During a demonstration held last Thursday in CMU's Pittsburgh campus, a Chinese student
named Stan Jou had 11 tiny electrodes attached to the muscles of his cheeks, neck and throat.
Then he mouthed—without speaking aloud—a few words in Mandarin(普通话) to the audience. A
few seconds later, the phrase was displayed on a computer screen and spoken out by the computer
in English and Spanish: “Let me introduce our new prototype.”
This particular gadget(器械),when fully developed, might allow anyone to speak in any
number of languages or, as Waibel put it, “to switch your mouth to a foreign language”. “The idea
behind the university's prototypes is to create ‘good enough’ bridges for cross-cultural exchanges
that are becoming more common in the world,” Waibel said.
With spontaneous(自发的) translators, foreign drivers in Germany could listen to traffic
warnings on the radio, tourists in China could read all the signs and talk with local people, and
leaders of different countries could have secret talks without any interpreters there.
20．Which of the following statements is not TRUE?
A. A lecture translation can translate what you said into other languages easily.
B. There is no Muscle Translator in the world now.
C. Muscle Translators can translate what you think into speech if you just move your mouth.
D. The spontaneous translators will help us a lot.
2．What kind of equipment is NOT mentioned in this passage?
A. Lecture Translation.
C. Multiple Translator.
D. Translation Prototype.
22．What's the final destination of inventing the language translators?
A. To make cultural exchanges between different countries easier.
B. To help students learn foreign languages more easily.
C. To make people live in foreign countries more comfortably.
D. To help people learn more foreign languages in the future.
23．What can be inferred from the seventh paragraph?
A. The translator is so good that it can translate any language into the very language you need.
C. With the help of the translator, you only need to open your mouth when you want to say
D. The translator needs to be improved before being put into market.
24．Where can this passage probably excerpted from?
A. A newspaper.
C. A fairy tale.
D. A scientific fantasy book.
【解题导语】
本篇为科普文章，是有关科技发明成果的阐述。
【答案与简析】
20．B 细节判断题。根据文章第六段可推出 B 项是错误的。本题易误选 C。
21．C 推理判断题。在短文第二段中提到了 Lecture Translation,在第三段中提到了 prototype,
在第五段中又提到了 Muscle Translator,因而没有被提到的应该是 C 项。
22．A 推测意图题。根据短文倒数第二段所述“The idea behind the university's prototypes is to
create‘good enough’ bridges for cross-cultural exchanges that are becoming more
common in the world.”其含义为：隐藏在雏形机背后的理念是为今后世界上越来越普
通的跨文化交流搭建足够好的桥梁，由此可以推断出 A 项就是发明翻译器的真正目
的。
23 ． D
推 理 判 断 题 。 根 据 短 文 倒 数 第 二 段 所 述 “This particular gadget, when fully
developed...”，其含义为“当这种特别的器械得以充分的改进时…… ”，可以推测出：
目前这种器械尚在发展完善之中。本题易误选 B。
24．B 深层理解题。这篇文章是有关科技发明成果的阐述，根据常识，它极有可能会节选
自科学杂志。本题易误选 D。
（二）
【第四组】
（A）
Most of us are used to seasons. Each year, spring follows winter, which follows autumn,
which follows summer, which follows spring. And winter is colder than summer. But the earth
goes through temperature cycles over much longer periods than those that we experience.
Between 65,000 and 35,000 years, the planet was much colder than it is now. During that
time the temperature also changed a lot, with periods of warming and cooling. Ice melted during
the warm periods, which made sea levels rise. Water froze again during the cold periods.
A new study from Switzerland, sheds light on where ice sheets (冰川) inched during the ice
age.
It now seems that the ice melted at both ends of the earth, rather than just in either northern or
southern regions (区域). This surprised the researchers from the University of Bern (伯恩).
Scientists have long assumed (认为) that most of the ice that melted was in the Northern
hemisphere (半球) during the 30,000-year long ice age. That belief was held because the North
Pole is surrounded by land, while the South Pole is surrounded by the Antarctic Ocean. It is easier
for ice sheets to grow on land. If surrounded by sea the ice can easily just slip into the ocean
instead of building up.
The researchers used a computer model to look at ways the ice could melt and how it might
affect sea levels. They compared these results to evidence (迹象) of how temperatures and
currents actually changed during that time.
The model showed that if it was only in the Northern hemisphere that ice melted, there would
have been a bigger effect on ocean currents (洋流) and sea temperatures than what actually
happened. Studies suggest that melting just in the Southern hemisphere would have been
impossible, too.
The only reasonable conclusion, the scientists could make, was that ice melted equally in the
North and the South.
It is still a mystery (谜) as to what caused the temperature changes that caused the ice to
melt.
1．We can learn from the text that ________.
A. we have experienced temperature cycles since they began
B. what caused ice to melt is still unknown
C. the planet was much colder than it is now between 65,000 and 35,000 years ago, during
which time temperature hardly changed
D. before the new study, scientists long believed that ice melted just in either northern or
southern areas
2．The underlined phrase “sheds light on” (in Paragraph 3) can be replaced by _______.
A. throws doubts on
B. beats down on
C. makes it clear
D.
makes
light of
3．The first two paragraphs were written _______.
A. to lead up to the subject that ice melted during the 30,000-year-long ice age
B. to describe what the weather was like during the ice age
C. to compare climate nowadays with that of the ice age
D. to explain what a temperature cycle is
4 ． Which of the following best shows the relationship between ice, ocean currents and
temperatures according to the text?
A. Ice can easily slip into the ocean.
B. Temperature and currents changed as a result of ice melting.
C. Temperature changes lead to ice melting or water freezing, which in turn has an effect on
ocean currents and temperature.
D. Ice melted and then froze again due to temperature.
文章出处：(http://www.sciencenewsforkids.org/articles/20040901/Note2.asp)
【答案与简析】
1．D
推理判断题。根据第四段第一句“冰川是在地球的两极融化的，而非在某一极”推
知在新的研究结果之前，科学家们长期认为“冰川是在地球的一极融化的。
”
2．C
猜测词义题。短语在第三段，但要在第四段第一句推断。新的研究结果已经解决了
冰川在哪儿融化的问题。由此推出 sheds light on 意为“使事情清楚明白地显示”，
因此选 C。
3．A 推理判断题。前两段提到气温循环和冰川时代的气温状况，这都在为冰川时期“冰
川融化”的话题作铺垫。
4．C 推理判断题。从倒数第三段第一句可知答案。
(B)
Laugh Out Loud
“A funny person is someone to whom funny things happen,” wrote comedian Steve Allen in
his book, How to Be Funny: Discover the Comic You. “It’s always the true stories that make
people laugh,” says Cherie Kerr, expert on public speaking. “The closer to the truth, the funnier it
is. “ That’s why humorous comedians tell stories about themselves.
Okay. Now you have a story. How can you tell it so people laugh? By using these four useful
methods to tell a funny story：Energy, attitude, self-expression and timing. When you put these
elements together, you are sure to be funny.
Energy
Energy have to do with the way you tell your story. If you are talking in a monotonous（单调
的）voice, you’re saying, “I’m boring.” Let your voice say, “This is interesting.” How can you do
that? By having an idea of what you want to say, but making it sound as though you’re telling the
story off the cuff（即兴）. Give your audience vivid details that’ll paint a picture in their minds.
Attitude and Self-Expression
Attitude and self-expression are the way you present yourself. Deliver your story in a natural
way. If you’re telling a story with characters, use different voices and bodily expressions for each
one.
Timing
Timing is the use of pauses in the right places. Always make sure the punch line is at the end
of the story.
What if you want to tell a joke instead of a story? Here are tips on telling it effectively.
Don’t’ begin it with “I heard the funniest thing.” Nothing becomes funny by being labeled so.
Don’t predict it；just tell it.
Memorize your jokes. If you start to tell it, but then say, “Who’s the guy? No, not Col. Well,
anyway, it doesn’t matter.” It does matter. If you stumble over the structure, you’ve already lost
your audience’s attention.
Don’t laugh at your own jokes.
Exercise your sense of humor every day by seeing the funny in the failures.
1．What’s the main idea of this passage?
A. Tips on how to make people laugh
B. How to turn your life into a joke.
C. The skills of famous comedians.
D. The importance of humor in our life
2．What’s the benefit of vivid details of a story?
A. They can give you self-confidence.
B. They can make your story last longer.
C. They will help the audience form clear pictures in their minds.
D. They can improve your sense of humor.
3．When you tell a story with several characters, you’d better ________.
A. describe them one by one
B. give a general idea about them as a whole
C. pretend to tell the story off the cuff
D. imitate their voices and body movements
4．What does the method of “Timing” mean according to the passage?
A. Speaking with an energetic voice.
B. Using the punch line.
C. Using pauses correctly.
D. Telling your story in a natural way.
5．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A. If you announce you’ll tell the funniest story, it will be effective.
B. The sense of humor also needs practicing.
C. It doesn’t matter if you forget some details when telling the story.
D. Your laugh at your own story will make others laugh too.
【答案与简析】
1．A 主旨大意题。作者提出了一些建议，让你变得更加幽默。
2．C 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句 Give your audience vivid ….得出答案。讲故事要
注意细节，细节能使听者在脑海里形成明晰的图像。
3．D 细节理解题。根据第四段 If you’re telling a story with….得出答案。要使故事生动引
人，讲故事者要模仿不同人物的声音和动作。
4．C 判断归纳题。根据第五段得出答案。正确使用停顿。
5．B 判断正误题。根据最后一句得出答案。幽默也需要练习。
(C)
Pierre is a 25-year-old penguin at the California Academy
of Sciences. Due to his old age, he was going bald, which
made him feel too cold to swim in the pool. Therefore,
biologists at the academy had a wetsuit created for this
penguin to help him get back in the swimming pool.
Unlike marine mammals, which have a layer of blubber
to keep them warm, penguins depend on their waterproof feathers. Without them, Pierre was
unwilling to jump into the swimming pool and ended up trembling on the side of the pool while
his 19 peers played in the water.
"He was cold; he would shake," said Pam Schaller, a senior biologist. Schaller first tried a
heat lamp to keep Pierre warm. Then she got another idea: if wetsuits keep humans warm in the
cold Pacific, why not make one for Pierre?
Schaller designed the suit, which covered Pierre’s body and had small openings for his
flippers.
"I would walk behind him and look at where there were any gaps, and cut and refit and cut
and refit until it looked like it was extremely suitable," she said.
One concern was that the other penguins would reject Pierre in his new suit, but in fact, they
accepted his new look. He swam freely and got along with others well, although he was the only
penguin with a black stomach.
Schaller couldn’t say for sure whether the wetsuit allowed Pierre to recover his fine feathers,
but "certainly we were able to keep him comfortable during a period of time that would have been
very difficult for him to stay comfortable".
Pierre will take off his suit after his new feathers grow back.
1. Pierre felt too cold to swim in the pool because of _____.
A. not having a layer of blubber
B. having few feathers due to old age
C. having no wetsuit
D. others penguins rejecting him
2. The idea of making a wetsuit for Pierre came from _____.
A. total invention
B. the use of wetsuit on humans
C. the use of heat lamp
D. waterproof feathers
3. Schaller followed Pierre in order to see _____.
A. whether other penguins would reject him
B. if anywhere of wetsuit needed to be cut and refit
C. if the wetsuit kept warm
D. whether the wetsuit would keep the feathers from recovering
4. What does the underlined word in the second paragraph mean?
A. feeling scared
B. staying alone
C. shaking with cold
D. keeping warm
5. The best title of the passage is _____.
A. Wetsuit for An Old Penguin
B. Old Penguin Getting Bald
C. Unwilling to Swim
D. Strange Look of Pierre
【解题导语】
人们印象中，企鹅应该不怕冷。而生活在美国加利福尼亚州旧金山加州科学院水族馆的一只
斑嘴环企鹅，由于羽毛脱落而无法忍受冰冷的池水。为此，加州科学院研究人员特地为这只
企鹅穿上“防寒服”，让它能够与同伴一样在水中游泳嬉戏。
【答案与简析】
1. B 细节理解题。文章第一段说明了 Pierre 怕冷的原因：Due to his old age, he was going
bald, which made him feel too cold to swim in the pool.
2. B 细节理解题。
文章第三段讲述了 Pam 想出这个办法的过程：
Then she got another idea:
if wetsuits keep humans warm in the cold Pacific, why not make one for Pierre?
3. B 细节理解题。文章第五段说明了 Pam 跟踪 Pierre 的原因：I would walk behind him
and look at where there were any gaps, and cut and refit and cut and refit until it looked like it was
extremely suitable。
4. D 词义考查题。tremble 意为“颤抖，哆嗦”。
5. A 主旨大意题。全篇讲述的是生物学家给一只老企鹅做保暖夹克，帮它重返泳池的
故事。因此 A 项正确。
(D)
Many studies have been conducted to find the deeper benefits of listening to and playing
music. The growing field of music treatment is presenting increasing amounts of evidence that
point toward the greater powers of music.
Emotional benefits:The right song can put anybody in a better mood. We all go through our phases, and most
people will turn to certain songs to improve their moods. The main reason behind this is that
music has the ability to express our feelings better than any other medium. Additionally, we have
favorite songs for particular situations because we tune into the melodies（悦耳的音调）that
capture(catch) our nerves the best.
Music and exercise:Have you ever noticed how pumped you get when listening to an exciting song while doing
exercises at the gym? It has been suggested that stimulating music can actually increase muscle
tension, while sedative（镇定的）music decreases it.
It has also been documented that music can improve motor skills. An experiment conducted
on a handful of elementary students proved that children learning basic motor skills such as
throwing, catching and jumping while listening to music did better than those with no music.
Chronic pain relief:Music has the ability to ease the perception of chronic pain. In fact, according to a paper in
the Journal of Advanced Nursing, music can reduce chronic pain by up to 21%. The paper reports
that 60 patients participated in a controlled clinical trial and were subdivided into two groups —
music and no music.The results showed that people who listened to music for an hour each day for
a week had improved physical and psychological diseases compared to those who did not.
1. The best title of the passage is ________.
A. The Study of Music
B. Physical and Mental Benefits Of Music
C. How Music Can Help Patients
D. Music Helps to Improve Work Efficiency
2. Why do people turn to songs for better feelings?
A. Because songs has magic.
B. Because listening to music is their hobby.
C. Because they can find comfort in songs.
D. Because music can express their mood well.
3. If we want to have our muscle relaxed, we’d better choose _______.
A. rock and roll
B. some exciting songs
C. some light music
D. classical songs
4. The basic motor abilities do not include _________.
A. pushing
B. casting
C. seizing
D. leaping
5. It can be inferred from the text that ________.
A. music can cure people of muscle pain slowly
B. 21% of the patients will recover quickly with music
C. 30 experimented patients listen to music daily
D. the 60 patients all have physical and psychological problems
【答案与简析】
1. B 主旨大意题。文章讲的是音乐的益处，其它选项不过全面。
2. D 细节理解题。由第二段第三句…has the ability to express our feelings better than any
other medium.得出。人们之所以借助于音乐来改善自己的心情的原因，是音乐比其
他的任何方法都能表达人们的情绪。
3. C 细节理解题。由第三段 while sedative（镇定的）music decreases it.得出。镇定舒缓的
（轻音乐）音乐可以帮助人们放松肌肉。
4. A 细节理解题。由第四段…such as throwing（casting）, catching（seizing）and jumping
（leaping）while listening to…得出答案。
5. D 推 理 判 断 题 。 由 最 后 一 段 最 后 一 句 …people who …had improved physical and
psychological diseases compared to those who did not.得出答案，这 60 名病人都是患有身体或
心理疾病的。
(E)
For an increasing number of students at American universities, Old is suddenly in. The reason
is obvious: the graying of America means jobs. Coupled with the aging of the baby-boom(生育高
峰) generation, a longer life span means that the nation’s elderly population will expand greatly
over the next 50 years. By 2050, 25 percent of all Americans will be older than 65,up from 14
percent in 1995.The change sets questions for governments and society, of course. But it also
creates career opportunities in medicine and health professions, and in law and business as well.
“In addition to the doctors, we’re going to need more sociologists, biologists, urban planners and
specialized lawyers,” says Professor Edward Schneider of the University of Southern California’s
(USC) School of Gerontology (老年学).
Lawyers can specialize in “elder law”, which covers everything from trusts and estates(资产)
to nursing-home abuse(虐待) and age discrimination(歧视）. Businessmen see huge opportunities
in the elder market because the baby boomers, 74 million strong, are likely to be the wealthiest
group of retirees in human history. “Any student who combines an expert knowledge in
gerontology with, say, an MBA or law degree will have a license to print money,” one professor
says.
Margarite Santos is a 21-year old senior at USC. She began college as a biology major but
found she was “really bored with bacteria”. So she took a class in gerontology and discovered that
she liked it. She says, “I did volunteer work in retirement homes and it was very satisfying.”
1．“Old is suddenly in”(paragraph.1) most probably means ______.
A. America has suddenly become a nation of too many old people
B.
C. more elderly professors are found on American campuses
D. American colleges have been full of old students
2. With the aging of America, lawyers can benefit ______.
A．from building nursing homes for the elderly
B．from providing special services to the elderly
C．by enriching their professional knowledge
D．by winning the trust of the elderly to promote their own interests
3．Why can businessmen make money in the growing elder market?
A. Retirees are more willing to spend money.
B. They can employ more gerontologists.
C. The elderly have a great purchasing power.
D. There are more elderly people working than before.
4．Who can make big money in the new century according to the passage?
A. Retirees who are willing to spend money.
B. The volunteer workers in retirement homes.
C. College graduates with an MBA or law degree.
D. Professionals with a good knowledge of gerontology.
5．It can be seen from the passage that the increase of America’s elderly population ______.
A. will provide good job opportunities in many areas
B. will be just an unbearable burden on society
C. may lead to nursing home abuse and age discrimination
D. will lead to more students entering universities.
【解题导语】
本篇是关于美国大学热衷于“老年学”以及“老年学”给美国带来的喜与忧。
【答案与简析】
1．B 词义理解题。本题较难。根据第一段第一句，其大意为对越来越多的美国大学生而
言，
“老”突然变得 in 了，原因很显然：the graying of American means jobs。另外，
联系第一段第二句话中的 the graying 及末段提到的 Margarite 改修 gerontology (老年
学)课程的例子可知，引文中 Old 指的就是老年学，由此可推断，in 有 popular (受欢
迎) 之意。故选 B。美国老年人数量增多，但仍只占少部分，不至于说美国是老人
之国，故 A 错；C、D 未提到。
2．B 细节理解题。 根据第二段第一句话“Lawyers can …age discrimination”可以概括出，
律师可为老年人提供多种服务，故选 B(从为老人提供各种特殊服务中受益.)A 文中
未提及；C 不够精确，应该是相关老年学的知识；D 与原文不符，原文中的 trust
是信托，而不是信任的意思，故排除。
3 ． C 细 节 理 解 题 。 第 二 段 说 商 人 在 老 年 市 场 看 到 巨 大 商 机 (Businessmen see huge
opportunities in the elder….)，因为这个生育高峰出生的群体是历史上最富有的退休
者，他们最具有购买力。原文只提到消费能力，没讲消费态度所以 A 不对；B、D
两项原文均未提到。
4．D 细节理解题。第二段末有一位教授说，“只要学生具有老年学的专业知识，又有 MBA
或律师专业，就好比有了印钞票的机器”。A 不符合文章意思；B 不符合上面的条件；
C 只符合了其中一个条件，不准确。
5．A 推理判断题。根据第一段中的 the graying of American means jobs 和 it also creates
career opportunities in medicine …可以得出这样的推断。
（B）文中只讲益处，未讲负
担 故排除。
（C）文中 may lead to nursing home…及第二段第一句可见老年人口扩大
化与家庭虐待和年龄歧视之间并非因果关系，而是作为如何有益于法律人士的证据。
（D）原文虽提到美国大学入学率增长，但没提到老年学以及相关的知识是否是导
致入学率高的原因。
【第五组】
（A）
Winter weather may have come late to parts of the United States this year, but the Midwest and
Northeast are finally firmly in winter’s icy grasp.
Travel, Interrupted
The freezing cold has created dangerous driving conditions across the country. Icy roads have
led to at least 13 deaths in seven states. Minnesota police reported 290 accidents during rush hour
on Tuesday.
Air travel has been disrupted as well. More than 140 flights were canceled at O’Hare
International Airport in Chicago, Illinois. Some travelers had to camp out in terminals（终点站）
overnight. Ted Bushelman, a spokesman for the Cincinnati/Northern Kentucky International
Airport, said that a few hundred passengers spent the night there. “All the hotel rooms in the area
were taken, not just because of canceled flights but because highway travel was almost
impossible,” he said.
The Big Chill（寒流）
Some areas in upstate New York have received more than five feet of snow over a two-day
period. Weather forecasters said the region could get more than eight feet of snow before the
weekend.
On Tuesday, West Virginia experienced the coldest temperatures recorded in the state in
February since 1996, the weather service said.
Sunny Outlook
There is some sign of relief to come. On Wednesday, temperatures in Chicago rose slightly to
0 degrees Fahrenheit, with a wind chill of minus 14 degrees Fahrenheit. That's an improvement
from Monday when the wind chill made it feel as if it were minus 30 degrees Fahrenheit. National
Weather Service meteorologist（ 气 象 学 家 ）Tim Seeley said that the area should expect
temperatures in the low 20s by the week's end.
For some the heavy snowfall was cause for celebration. Ski resorts that had been suffering
from the mild winter welcomed more white on the slopes. “It was the perfect storm,” said Joe
Stevens, spokesman for the West Virginia Ski Areas Association. “Over four feet of snow has
fallen since the middle of January, which has really turned the situation around for the resorts that
were experiencing... above normal temperatures earlier in the season.”
1. The main idea discussed in the passage is _______.
A. traffic accidents in America
B. cold weather in America
C. difficult road conditions
D. heavy snow in America
2. Deaths and accidents were caused by ________.
A. roads covered with ice and snow
B. strong cold winds blowing at high speed
C. heavy snow
D. too cold weather
3. Why were the hotels full in this area?
A. Because there were so many people having their home destroyed.
B. It was too cold for people to go out.
C. Because air and highway travel was cut off.
D. There were not enough hotels in this area.
4. Which of the following about West Virginia is TRUE?
A. It was hit by the heaviest snow in his story.
B. Its roads were cut off by the snowstorm.
C. It would face fine weather very soon.
D. It experienced very low temperature.
5. Which of the following welcomed the cold weather and heavy snow?
A. Farmers.
B. Ski resorts.
C. Drivers.
D. Officials.
【答案与简析】
1．B 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了美国一次寒流的情况，包括交通事故、乘客滞留、对
滑雪胜地有利等，都围绕着寒流展开。
2．A 归纳判断题。死亡和交通事故都是由于冰雪路滑引起的。由第二段第二句得出答案。
3．C 概括题。航空和公路交通由于恶劣天气中断，乘客滞留，致使旅馆爆满。由第三段
最后一句。
4．D 细节理解题。West Virginia 经历了一次温度非常低的寒流。由第四段得出答案。
5．B 段落归纳题。几家欢乐几家愁，滑雪胜地非常喜欢这场大雪，因为他们正为暖冬少
雪而发愁呢。最后一段给出答案。
(B)
A new weapon is on the way in the fight against smoking in Europe.
Soon when smokers buy cigarettes, they might see a shocking photo of a blackened lung or a
cancer patient staring back at them from the packet.
Some boys may think of smoking as cool and sexy. Their friends won’t agree when they see
their packets of cigarettes lying on the table.
The European Union announced on October 22, that it had chosen 42 photos that showed the
damage cigarettes could do to the body. It called on member nations to put these pictures on
packets to discourage young smokers.
To catch the attention of teenagers, the special packets warn of long-term medical dangers,
like cancer. Short-term effects, like bad skin, are also on the list.
“The true fact of smoking is disease, death and horror. That is the message we should send to
the young,” said David Byrne, an EU health official. “Hopefully these pictures will shock students
out of their love for cigarettes.”
The EU head office hoped the pictures would work better than current written warnings on
packs of cigarettes. The warning included “smoking kills” and “smoking can lead to a slow and
painful death.”
So far, Ireland and Belgium have shown interest in the photos. Canada has used similar
pictures and warnings on cigarette packs since 2000. The country has recently seen a fall in the
number of smokers.
According to studies, smoking is the single biggest cause of avoidable（可避免的）death in
EU. Every year more than 650,000 smokers die, more than one person a minute.
1．What would be the best title for the text?
A. New Ways to Stop Smoking.
B. Pictures to Shock Smokers.
C. New Packers of Cigarettes.
D. Dangers of Smoking.
2．Which of the following is NOT the true face of smoking?
A. Disease.
B. Death.
C. Horror.
D. Happinese.
3．Which country is most successful in stopping smoking?
A. Ireland.
B. Belgium.
C. Canada.
D. EU
【解题导语】
烟草是造成疾病和早亡的“罪魁祸首”，而由此引起的疾病和早亡本来是可以避免的。但吸烟
者和一些准备开始吸烟的人对烟草可能带来的危害并不十分了解，他们中不少人只笼统
知道“吸烟有害健康”。
【答案与简析】
1．B
主旨大意题。本文属新闻报道类，第一段交代了文章的中心，欧盟号召成员国
采取一些宣传吸烟有害健康的照片，以此来警示吸烟者。
2．D 细节理解题。根据文章第五段第一句“The true fact of smoking is disease, death and
horror.可知应选 D。
3．C
细节理解题。文章倒数第二段说明加拿大因为采取了类似的警示措施，吸烟人
数有所下降。Canada has used similar pictures and warnings on cigarette packs since
2000. The country has recently seen a fall in the number of smokers.
(C)
A recent survey of teachers found that an unhealthy passion
with celebrity culture is having a negative impact on British
students’ studies and it discovered that celebrity couple, the
Beckhams, are the favorites among most students. Many students
are ignoring building their own careers to seek a chance at fame
instead, the Association of Teachers and Lecturers (ATL) survey
found.
Almost two-thirds of teachers said sports stars were the type of celebrity many pupils wanted
to follow while more than half of students wanted to be pop stars.
The survey said the celebrities that students aspired to mostly were David and Victoria
Beckham who live in Los Angeles now. Soccer player Beckham is on the top of the survey while
in second place, with almost a third of the survey’s votes, was his 33-year-old pop star wife.
Almost half of the 300 teachers surveyed said pupils tried to look like or behave like the
celebrities they most admired, with some girls even dressing "unsuitably".
"We are not surprised about the influence of celebrity culture in schools —it reflects the
current media passion with celebrities and the effect of celebrity culture on society as a whole,"
ATL general secretary Mary Bousted said in a statement.
"Celebrities can have a positive effect on pupils. They can raise pupils’ aspirations and
desires for the future. However, celebrity culture can spread the idea that celebrity status is the
greatest achievement and reinforce the belief that other career choices are not as valuable," said
one primary school teacher. "Too many of the pupils believe that school success is unnecessary,
because they will be able to get fame and fortune quite easily through a reality TV show."
1. The story mainly tells us that ______.
A. the Beckhams are mostly admired in Britain
B. most students think that being pop stars is more valuable than other career achievements
C. the celebrity passion has a harmful impact upon British students’ studies
D. a survey was made recently about the popularity of the stars
2. According to the survey, Victoria Beckham ______.
A. is a pop star most students admire
B. goes in the second place of the celebrities admired
C. won two-thirds of the votes
D. lives in New York now
3. Why does the author mention that pupils tried to look like or behave like the celebrities
they most admired, with some girls even dressing “unsuitably”?
A. The pupils think it interesting to pretend to be the celebrities.
B. The behavior or the dress of celebrities can be followed as examples.
C. The author wants to show the negative influence these celebrities had on the students.
D. The author just wants to show being pop stars is very valuable to the students.
4. What is not TRUE according to the story?
A. Celebrities can’t have positive impact on the students.
B. Beckham and Victoria are husband and wife.
C. The so-called celebrity culture does harm to the pupils’ ideas about achievement.
D. Many students believe that school success is unnecessary.
5. The best title of the story is _____.
A. Sports Star David Beckham
B. Survey of Students about Celebrities
C. Harmful Effect of Celebrities on Students
D. Better to Be Pop Stars Than Sports Stars
【解题导语】高考全品网
英国公布的一项针对教师的调查发现，英国学生对明星的过度痴迷影响到了他们的学业。调
查还发现，“小贝”夫妇是英国学生最崇拜的明星。
【答案与简析】
1. B 主旨大意题。通览全篇可知本文讲述了英国学生追星的情况，他们陷入了一个价
值观的误区：学业的成就算不得成功，成为明星才算成功。
2. B 细节理解题。文章第三段说：Soccer player Beckham is on the top of the survey while
in second place, with almost a third of the survey’s votes, was his 33-year-old pop star wife，由此
可知 B 项正确。
3. C 推理判断题。作者列举追星学生模仿明星行为习惯或着装的目的是为了说明追星
对他们的行为和价值观养成的负面影响。
4. A 细节理解题。文章第六段说明了追星也有正面影响---- 给学生以激励，让他们对
自己的未来满怀憧憬。
5. C 主旨大意题。用排除法可知 A、B、D 项概括得较为片面，只有 C 项全面----追星
带给学生的负面影响。
(D)
How the years have rushed by! It has been a long time since I knew Marget Swenson. I was a
child when I knew her, and now I myself have children. The mind loses many things as it matures,
but I never lost Marget — my first love and first hurt.
I met Marget Swenson when she joined our sixth-grade class.
Marget, just fresh from Sweden, and I, a sixth-generation American. She spoke very little
English, but somehow we did manage to understand each other. We took to each other at the first
instant.
Marget lived up on the hill. That was the place where there were many large and pretty
houses. I suppose it was only in passing that I knew only white people lived there.
We had so much fun together. We sat for hours in my garden or hers, surrounded by grass.
Her words were Swedish; mine, English. We laughed at the way each of us slid our tongues over
the unfamiliar words, I learned the Swedish words of “hello”, “friend”, and “goodbye”.
However, such fun did not last long, and the disaster began at Marget’s birthday party.
It was a Wednesday. I arrived at the party early. Marget and I whizzed around(忙碌着),
putting the finishing touches on the decorations.
Some fifteen minutes later the doorbell rang, and in came Mary, another girl in our class.
But after that nobody came. No one.
When it got to be after five, Mrs Swenson called Marget inside. She was there for a long time,
and when she came out, she looked very, very sad. “My mother does not think they are coming,”
she said.
“Why not?” Mary blurted(突口而出).
Marget gave a quick glance at me, but she didn’t say anything.
I took Marget’s hand. “It’s me, isn’t it?” I said. Oh! I remember so painfully today how much
I wanted her quick and positive “No!” to my question. But I was only aware of Marget trying to
slip her hand from mine. I opened my hand and let her go.
It was different between us after her birthday. Marget stopped coming to my house, and when
I asked her when she would, she looked as though she would cry.
One day, uninvited, I went to her house, climbed up the hill, and a restless thing grew within
me at every step, almost a knowing.
Marget almost jumped when she opened the door. She stared at me in shock. Then, quickly,
in a voice I’d never heard before, she said, “My mother says you can’t come to my house any
more.”
I opened my mouth, and closed it without speaking. The awful thing had come; the knowing
was confirmed. The awful thing had come because Marget was white I was not. I did know it deep
within myself.
Since that meeting Marget and I did not speak to each other at all.
On the last day of school, screwing up a courage, I handed my autograph book to Marget.
She hesitated, then without looking up, wrote words I don’t remember now; they were quite
common words, the kind everyone was writing in everyone else’s book. I waited. Slowly, she
passed her book to me and in it I wrote with a slow, firm hand some of the words she had taught
me. I wrote Adjo min van — Goodbye, my friend. I released her, let her go, told her not to worry,
told her that I no longer needed her. Adjo.
1. What can be the best title of the passage?
A. My best friend.
B. My first hurt.
C. Black and white.
D. Adjo.
2. in the first paragraph，by saying “…but I never lost Marget…”, the author means “________”.
A. I got in touch with her later.
B. We are still friends.
C. I remember her forever
D. I met her after many years
3. What does the underlined word “a knowing” refer to?
A. Marget was white while I was not.
B. Marget refused to let me into her house.
C. Marget’s mother didn’t like me.
D. Marget and I did not speak to each other at all.
4. According to the passage, what put an end to their once dear friendship？
A. some outside force
B. Marget
C. Marget’s mother
D. different personalities
【答案与简析】
1．D。根据全文描述、第一段和倒数第一段I wrote Adjo min van — Goodbye, my friend.可以
判断。
2. C。根据该句后面破折号后面的解释— my first love and first hurt.可以判断是刻骨铭心的情
感。
3. A。根据下文隔一段The awful thing had come; the knowing was confirmed. The awful thing
had come because Marget was white I was not. I did know it deep within myself.可以推断出
knowing所指。
4. A。根据文章描述可知，两人友谊的解散是家人干涉的结果，是两人之外的力量。
(E)
People and the sources of air pollution are found in the same places. This means that cities
with large populations have the biggest problem of dirty air. Air pollution is caused by many
different things. A major source of air pollution is the gas fumes from cars. Statistics show that 93
percent of all auto trips are within cities. Another major source of dirty air is the burning of coal
and oil for energy. This energy is needed to make electricity. Of course, much more electricity is
used in the city than in the country.
On the average, we throw away more trash and garbage than the year before. The burning of
garbage contributes to air pollution. Many major industries are also responsible for the dirty air in
the around cities. The fumes from iron, steel, chemical, and petroleum production add particles to
the air.
The effects of air pollution range from mild headaches to death. The levels of pollution
found in heavy for traffic may cause headaches for loss of clear vision. Wherever coal and oil are
used for fuel, fumes may kill trees and plants and cause metal to corrode. In some of the larger
cities, these fumes endanger the live of human beings by contributing to lung diseases and causing
early death.
1．The key point of the passage is that _________.
A. the cause of air pollution is people
B. the causes and the effects of air pollution are both found in cities
C. the effects of air pollution range from headaches to death
D. air pollution is caused by dirty air
2．What is the purpose of this passage?
A. to persuade people to stop polluting the air
B. to tell the causes of air pollution
C. to tell why cities are bad places to live
D. to describe why cities are bad places to live
3. Why is air pollution more grave in the city than in the country?
A. Because there larger populations in cities.
B. Because the air in the city is dirty.
C. Because there are more cars in the city.
D. Because there are much more gas fumes from cars and burning of coal and oil for energy
in the city than in the country.
4．The fumes from coal and oil may cause metal ______.
A. to turn black
B. to become rusty
C. to corrode
D. to twist
5. In larger cities, the fumes from coal and oil may contribute to ___________.
A. heart disease
B. lung diseases
C. loss of clear vision
D. serious headache
【解题导语】
高考全品网
本篇讲述造成污染的原因及污染所造成的结果。
【答案与简析】
1. B 主旨题。纵观全文，文章的前半部分讲的是导致污染的原因，而后半部分讲的是污染
的结果。而 A 只强调起因，C 只强调结果，D 与本文没有什么关系。所以 B 为正确
答案。
2．A。推理题。文章没有直接说写这篇文章的目的。但我们从受污染的结果可以推断出写
这篇文章的目的就是要我们减少污染。所以 A 为正确答案。
3. D 细节题。第一段后半部分说明，空气污染的主要原因是汽车的废气和用来发电的煤和
油的燃烧。而汽车和电在城市里比在郊区用得多。故 D 正确。
4．C。细节题。文章最后一段第三句直接提到：wherever coal and oil are used for fuel, fumes
may … cause metal to corrode.。所以 C 为正确答案。
5. B 细节题。根据文章最后一句“these fumes endanger the lives of human beings by
contributing to lung diseases and causing early death.”可知，B 为正确答案。
【第六组】
（A）
Daddy’s Little Girl
“Will you tell Daddy for me?”
That was the worst part. At seventeen, telling my mom I was pregnant was hard enough, but
telling my dad was impossible. Daddy had always been a constant source of courage in my life.
He had always looked at me with pride, and I had always tried to live my life in a way that would
make him proud. Until this. Now it would all be shattered. I would no longer be Daddy’s little girl.
"I'll have to take you somewhere while I tell your father. Do you understand why?"
"Yes, Mama." Because he wouldn't be able to look at me, that's why. I went to spend the
evening with the minister of our church, Brother Lu, who was the only person I felt comfortable
with at that time.
We prayed and talked, and I began to accept and understand the road that lay ahead for me.
Then I saw the headlights in the window.
Mom had come back to take me home, and I knew Dad would be with her. I was so afraid. I
ran out of the living room and into the small bathroom, closing and locking the door. Brother Lu
followed and gently scolded me.
"Missy, you can't do this. You have to face him sooner or later. He isn't going home without
you. C'mon."
"Okay, but will you stay with me? I'm scared."
"Of course, Missy. Of course." I opened the door and slowly followed Brother Lu back to the
living room.
Mom walked in first and hugged him, then looked at me with a weak smile. Her eyes were
swollen from her own tears, and I was thankful she had not wept in front of me. And then he was
there. He didn't even shake Luther's hand, just nodded as he swept by, coming to me and gathering
me up into his strong arms, holding me close as he whispered to me, "I love you. I love you, and I
will love your baby, too."
"I'm sorry, Daddy. I love you so much."
1. What problem did the writer face?
A. To face her mother’s reaction to her being pregnant.
B. To get help from the church minister.
C. To tell her father that she was pregnant.
D. To deal with the problem of being pregnant.
2. What the writer was worried about?
A. her father would not love her any longer.
B. how to live her future life with a baby.
C. if the church would accept her again.
D. the church minister would not help her.
3. The writer fled into the bathroom because________.
A. she didn’t want to see her mother
B. she was afraid to see her mother
C. she got angry with the church minister
D. she broke her promise of seeing her father
4. Which of the following can describe the writer’s mother?
A. Angry.
B.Lucky.
C. Excited
D. Sad.
5. It can be inferred from the passage that ________.
A. the writer’s father forgave her
B. the writer’s father would raise her baby
C. the writer would have a happy life
D. more help would come to the writer
【答案与简析】
1. C 推测题。作者面临的问题是：把自己的不幸告诉父亲。由第二段得出答案。
2. A 概括理解题。作者最担心的是：告诉父亲后，他是否还爱自己。由第二段 I would no
longer be Daddy’s little girl 得出答案。
3. B 推测题。作者害怕见父亲才逃进洗手间。由第六段 I was so afraid. I ran out of the living
room and into the small bathroom, closing and locking the door.得出答案。
4. D 细节理解题。母亲对女儿的不幸非常伤心。由倒数第二段 Mom walked in first …and I
was thankful she had not wept in front of me.得出答案。
5. A 概括理解题。最终父亲原谅了女儿，继续爱她，作者渡过了难关。由倒数第二段 I love
you. I love you, and I will love your baby, too.得出答案。
(B)
Paragraph 1
Scientists have learned a lot about the kinds of food people need. They say that there are
several kinds of food that people should eat every day. They are: (1) green and yellow vegetables
of all kinds. (2) citrus(柑桔) fruits and tomatoes; (3) potatoes and other fruits and vegetables; (4)
meat of all kinds, fish and eggs; (5) milk and foods made from milk; (6) bread or cereal(谷类),
rice is also in this kind of food; (7) butter, or something like butter.
Paragraph 2
People in different countries and different places of the world eat different kinds of things.
Foods are cooked and eaten in many different kinds of ways. People in different countries eat at
different times of the day. In some places people eat once or twice a day; in other countries people
eat three or four times a day. Scientists say that none of the differences is really important. It
doesn’t matter whether foods are eaten raw(生的) or cooked, canned or frozen. It doesn’t matter if
a person eats dinner at 4 o’clock in the afternoon or at eleven o’clock at night. The important thing
is what you eat every day.
Paragraph 3
There are two problems, then, in feeding the large number of people on earth. The first is to
find some ways to feed the world’s population so that no one is hungry.
The second is to make sure that people everywhere have the right kinds of food to make them
grow to be strong and healthy.
1. According to the scientists, which of the following groups of food is the healthiest for your
lunch?
A. chicken, apples, cereal, cabbages
B. potatoes, carrots, rice, bread
C. oranges, bananas, fish, tomatoes
D. beef, pork, fish, milk
2. It is important for people to eat _______.
A. three times a day
B. dinner at twelve o’clock
C. cooked food all the day
D. something from each of the seven kinds of food every day
3. People in different countries and different places of the world _______.
A. have the right kinds of food to eat
B. cook their food in the same way
C. have their meals at the same time
D. eat food in different ways
4. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. People in some places don’t have enough to eat.
B. There are too many people in the world.
C. One of the problems is that no one is hungry.
D. The scientists are trying to make people grow to be strong and healthy.
5. If there is Paragraph 4, what do you think is going to be talked about?
A. When people eat their lunch
B. What to do with the two problems
C. How to cook food in different ways
D. Why people eat different kinds of food
【解题导语】
A—文章第 1 段叙述人们每天必需的七类食品；第 2 段说明了最重要的是吃的是什么；最后
一段介绍了要解决的两个问题。
【答案与简析】
1. A。细节判断题。根据文章中科学家所提供的人们每天必须的 7 类食品，可知作中餐食品
的 A 类最佳。
2. D。细节题。根据 Paragraph 2 可知人们每天吃几餐不重要；在哪个时间进食不重要；吃生
的或熟的、罐装的或冷冻的食品不重要，重要的是人们必须吃到这七类食品的每一种。
3. D。细节题。根据文章内容，不同的国家和地区，人们进食的方法也不一样。
4. C。细节题。在 Paragraph 3 里要解决的两个问题之一就是 find some ways to feed the
world’s population so that no one is hungry(找到解决饥饿问题的方法)。所以 C 项说法
是错误的。
5. B。推断题。在 Paragraph 3 里提到要解决的两个问题，如果有 Paragraph 4，那么应该就
是议论如何来解决这两个问题。
(C)
Accidents are caused:they don’t just happen. The reason may e easy to see; an overloaded tray, a
shelf out of reach, a patch of ice on the road. But more often than not there is a chain of events
leading up to the misfortune-frustration（沮丧）, tiredness or just bad temper-that show what the
accident really is, a sort of attack on oneself.
Road accidents, for example, happen frequently after a family quarrel, and we all know
people who are accident-prone, so often at odds with themselves and the world that they seem to
cause accidents for themselves and others.
By definition, an accident is something you cannot predict or avoid, and the idea which used
to be current, that the majority of road accidents are caused by a minority of criminally careless
drivers, is not supported by insurance statistics .These show that most accidents involve ordinary
motorists in a moment of carelessness or thoughtlessness.
It is not always clear, either, what sort of conditions make people more likely to have an
accident . For instance, the law requires all factories to take safety actions and most companies
have safety committees to make sure the regulations are observed ,but still ,every day in Britain,
some fifty thousand men and women are absent from work due to an accident .These accidents are
largely the result of human error or misjudgment-noise and fatigue ,boredom or worry are possible
factors which contribute to this .Doctors who work in factories have found that those who drink
too much , usually people who have a high anxiety level ,run three times the normal risk of
accidents at work.
1．This passage might be taken from ________.
A. a textbook
B. a popular magazine
C. a science fiction
D. a report of manufactures
2．“Accident-prone” here (in Paragraph 2) means ________ .
A．likely to have accidents
B．injured in accidents
C．likely to die in accidents
D．responsible for road accidents
3．The passage suggests that ________.
A．accidents mostly result from slippery roads
B．accidents are usually caused by psychological factors
C．doctors run three times the normal risk of accidents in factories
D．about 50,000 people lost their lives at work in Britain every day
4．Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a factor of accidents in this passage?
A. Mood.
B. Tiredness.
C. Carelessness.
D. Weather.
5．Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?
A. Accidents and Anxiety
B. How Accidents Are Caused
C. Human Factors in Accidents
D. How to Prevent Accidents on Road and In Factories.
【答案与简析】
1．B 推断题。从篇章结构，语言特点，叙事方式等方面判断应是杂志上的一篇文章，而
不具备教科书的深度和系统性，故选 B。
2．A 词义判断题。根据上下文可以看出 prone 意为“易于……的”。注意本句是个复合句。
3．B 主旨大意题。根据第一段最后一句（But more often than not there is….）得出答案。
4．D 是非判断题。文章第一段提及“心情不好”、“疲倦”等会引起交通事故，第三段提
及“粗心大意”也会引起事故。故符合选项 A、B、C 的内容。文章第一段中提到
“a patch of ice on the road.”意为“路上的一片冰块”
，而非指天气。
5．C 主旨大意题。文章第一句就点明主题：
“事故是（人为）造成的，而并非（自然）发
生。
”A 含义狭窄，无法概括全文；B 指事故“如何”发生，也不能概括主题；D 项
文中未提及。
高考全品网
(D)
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration has announced plans to send people to
the noon by 2018. “And this time,” according to NASA, “we’re going to stay.”
The new plan will help President George W. Bush realize the dream for space exploration in
a speech last year. Bush stated he wanted astronauts on the moon by 2020 and then the next year
on Mars. NASA wants to make a new spaceship using parts form the Apollo program, Which first
took people to the moon in 1969, and the space shuttle(航天飞机). NASA says the new Crew
Exploration Vehicle(CEV) will be “affordable and safe.”
The CEV will be able to hold four astronauts. The plan is to have the CEV dock connect with
the lunar lander(登月舱)－the astronauts will use it to land on the moon, which will be launched
separately into space. The CEV will then travel to the moon and all four astronauts will walk on
the moon. The first CEVs are expected to be in service by 2010. At first their job will be to carry
things to the International Space Station. CEVs will replace the old space shuttle.
The first moon tasks are expected to last up to seven days. Exploration and construction of a
moon base will be the astronauts’ task. After the moon base is completed, astronauts will begin to
spend more time on the moon doing scientific studies. This will allow for quick moon base
construction, scientific study, and training for future missions to Mars.
1. According to the passage, the astronauts will be on Mars in
.
A．2010
B．2018
C．2020
D．2021
2. Which statement is NOT true about the CEV?
A．The CEV will be a new spaceship for the task.
B．The CEV will be used to land on the moon for astronauts directly.
C．The CEV will take the place of the space shuttle in the future.
D．The CEV will be partly made up of the Apollo program.
3. From the last paragraph, we can infer that
.
A．NASA has completed the first moon tasks so far
B．to complete the moon base is of great importance to scientific studies
C．NASA of America is developing faster than any country in the world
D．The purpose of NASA’s landing on the moon is to walk on the moon
4. What’s the best title of this passage?
A．The new Crew Exploration Vehicle.
B．America, the first country to stay on the moon.
C．NASA Planning Travels to the Moon.
D．Bush’s vision for space exploration.
【答案与简析】
1．D。根据第二段 Bush stated he wanted astronauts on the moon by 2020 and then the next year
on Mars.可以判断。
2. B。根据第三段 The plan is to have the CEV dock connect with the lunar lander(登月舱)－the
astronauts will use it to land on the moon, which will be launched separately into space.可以判断
CEV 不是用来直接登陆的。
3. B。根据倒数第一段" After the moon base is completed, astronauts will begin to spend more
time on the moon doing scientific studies."可以推断。
4. C。根据文章第一段综述可知。
(E)
Are boys and girls really that different?Twenty years ago, most experts believed that
differences in how boys and girls behaved were mainly due to differences in how they were
treated by their parents, teachers, and friends. It’s hard to cling to that belief today. Recent
research has shown that there are biological differences between boys and girls. Understanding
these differences is important in raising and educating children.
For example, girls are born with more sensitive hearing than boys, and the difference
increases as kids grow up. So when a grown man speaks to a girl in what he thinks is a normal
voice, she may hear it as yelling. Conversely, boys who appear to be inattentive in class may just
be sitting too far away to hear the teacher.
Likewise, girls are better in their expression of feelings. Studies reveal that negative emotions
are seated in an area of the brain called the amygdala（扁桃形结构）. Girls develop an early
connection between this area and the cerebral cortex, enabling them to talk about their feelings. In
boys these links develop later. So if you ask a troubled adolescent boy to tell you what his feelings
are, he often cannot say much.
Dr. Sax, a proponent of single-sex education, points out that keeping boys and girls separate
in the classroom has yielded striking educational, social, and interpersonal benefits. Therefore,
parents and teachers should try to recognize, understand, and make use of the biological
differences that make a girl a girl, and a boy a boy.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Boys tend to pay less attention in class than girls.
B. Girls are better than boys in their ability to detect sounds.
C. Boys and girls behave differently because of biological differences.
D. Single-sex schools are not good because they keep boys and girls separate.
2. Why do girls express negative feelings better than boys?
A. Girls are more emotional than boys.
B. Girls have more brain cells than boys.
C. The amygdala is located in different areas of the brain for boys and girls.
D. The links between certain parts of the brain develop earlier in girls than in boys.
3. Which of the following does the author believe?
A. Girls need more training in communication.
B. Boys and girls should be educated in different ways.
C. Parents should pay more attention to boys.
D. Sex differences should be ignored in education.
4. What does the underlined phrase “cling to” in the first paragraph probably mean?
A. Stick to
B. Give up.
C. Refer to.
D. Deal with.
5. How many biological differences between boys and girls are mentioned in the passage?
A. One.
B. Two.
C. Three.
D. Four.
【解题导语】男女有別 教育也要分两套？ 学者批 英文试题有性別偏见
【答案与简析】
1．C 主旨大意题。从第一段的倒数二句：Recent research has shown…biological differences
between boys and girls. Understanding these differences is important….得知本文主要是
探讨生物性的差异造成男女有別，故本题应选 C。
2．D 推理判断题。从第三段第三句和第四句：girls develop an early connections….in boys
these links develop later.得知女孩的发展较早，而男孩的发展较晚，故本题应选 D。
3．
B 推理判断题。
根据最后一段的结论句：
…parents and teachers should try to…and make use
of the biological differences that make a girl a girl, and a boy a boy.得知父母与师长应认
清男女生物性的差异，所以教育男女孩时应有不一样的方法，故本题选 B。
4．A 词义推断题。cling to 原指“牢牢缠住，贴近”之意，文中表示由于此种信念在当今
已在科学上被推翻，于是要能保持(keep= stick to)、坚信这个观念很困难，故本题应
选 A。
5．B 细节理解题。文章的二、三段分别说了男女的一种生理差异。
（三）
高【第一组】
（A）
Manners nowadays in metropolitan cities like London are practically non-existence, it’s
nothing for a big, strong schoolboy to elbow an elderly woman aside in the dash for the last
remaining seat on the tube or bus, much less stand up and offer his seat to her.
This question of giving up seats in public transport is much argued by young men, who say
that, since women have claimed equality, they no longer deserve to be treated with courtesy(礼貌、
谦让) and that those who go out to work should take their turn in the rat race like anyone else.
Women have never claimed to be physically as strong as men. Even if it is not agreed, however,
that young men should stand up for younger women, the fact remains that courtesy should be
shown to the old, the sick and the burdened. Are we really so lost to all ideals of unselfishness that
we can sit there indifferently reading the paper or a book, saying to ourselves “First come, first
severed”, while a grey-haired woman, a mother with a young child stands? Yet this is all too often
Older people, tired and quick-tempered from a day's work, are not angels, either-far from it.
Many a brisk argument or an insulting quarrel breaks out as the weary queues push and shove
each other to get on buses and tubes. One cannot commend this, of course, but on does feel there
If cities are to remain pleasant places to live in at all, however, it seems imperative（迫切的）,
not only that communications in transport should be improved, but also that communication
between human beings should be kept smooth and polite. All over cities, it seems that people are
too tired and too rushed to be polite. Shop assistant's won't bother to assist, taxi drivers growl at
each other as they dash dangerously round corners, bus conductors pull the bell before their
desperate passengers have had time to get on or off the bus, and so on and so on. It seems to us
that it is up to the young and strong to do their small part to stop such deterioration（恶化）
1．
A. Since women have claimed equality, they no longer need to be treated differently from
B. It is generally considered old-fashioned for young men to give up their seats to young
2．According to the passage communication between human beings would not be smoother unless
________.
A．people were more considerate
B. people were not so tired and quickC.
D.
3．The author probably does NOT agree that in big cities _______.
A. Life will be even worse if no change is made
B. transport conditions are rather poor
C. it’s not uncommon to see people quarrel in public places
D. it’s unreasonable to require the tired people to be polite
4．The main purpose of the author is to ________.
A. call on people in big cities to pay more attention to politeness
B. blame the schoolboys’ rude behavior towards elderly women on the tube or bus
C. criticize the fast pace of city life
D. tell young men to give their seats to elderly people
5．How could you describe the tone of this passage?
A. acceptable .
B. opponent.
C. negative.
D. encouraging.
【解题导语】
本篇为议论文，谈论的是大城市人们缺乏礼貌，道德标准下降的问题。文章第一句就指出了
大都市里礼貌几乎荡然无存了。第二、三、四段则详细论述了这种情况。最后作者呼吁人们
应该做点什么使人们的交往和谐客气一些，不要让城市居住环境继续恶化。
【长难句理解】
① This question of giving up seats in public transport is much argued by young men, who say
that, since women have claimed equality, they no longer deserve to be treated with
courtesy(礼貌、谦让) and that those who go out to work should take their turn in the rat race
like anyone else.
本句主干为：This question…is much argued about by young men…，who 引导一个很长的定语
从句修饰 young men，在这个定语从句中，that 又引导 say 的宾语从句，其中又包含了 since
引导的原因状语从句。rat race“你死我活的竞争”。
② Even if it is not agreed, however, that young men should stand up for younger women, the fact
remains that courtesy should be shown to the old, the sick and the burdened.
Even if 引导让步状语从句，该从句中 that 引导 agreed 的宾语从句。主句中 that 引导
face 的同位语。
③ If cities are to remain pleasant places to live in at all, however, it seems imperative, not only
that communications in transport should be improved, but also that communication between
human beings should be kept smooth and polite.
本句是个主从复合句。If 引导条件状语从句，be to do….表“打算，计划，将要发生”。
remain 意为“continue to be”。It is+important (necessary/urgent,etc) + that….句型中的 that
从句常用虚拟语气。
【答案与简析】
1．D
细节理解题。第二段第一句说很多年轻男子认为既然女性已经要求平等，出来工作
了，在公共场合就不应再受到特别的礼遇。第二句就说女性从来没有宣称她们和男
人一样强壮。而接下来文章又提到还是应该对那些年老的，病弱的和负重的人礼貌，
可知作者是不同意那些年轻人的观点的。本题易误选 B。
2．A 细节理解题。文章最后一段讲到人们之间的交往应该和谐客气，但是人们似乎都太
疲乏太匆忙以致无法礼貌些。后面列举了些例子。由最后一段第二句可知 B 不对；C
只是人们礼貌的一部分，不全面；交通状况不好并不能作为借口，所以 D 也不对。
3．D
细节理解题。作者在倒数第二段中说大人们一天工作后，又累又烦，在挤公车时很
容易就发生争执，甚至吵架，但是在倒数第三段中又说到交通状况很差，但是不应作
为不礼貌的借口。由此可知 B、C 都是作者同意的；最后一段第一句表明了 A 也是
作者所同意的观点。
4．A 主旨大意题。文章第一句就指出大都市里礼貌几乎荡然无存了。然后列举种种状况。
文章最后作者希望那些年轻力壮的人尽他们的小职责来阻止这种恶化。通读全文可知
作者的目的还是在呼吁大城市里的人们更注意礼貌。B、C 偏离了原文主旨；D 不全
面。
5．D
态度判断题。由文末的点睛之笔可知作者的最终态度仍是从正面激励人们去提高社
会道德意识。
（B）
“The first and best of victories is for a man to conquer himself; to be conquered by himself is,
of all things, the most shameful,” says Plato. Self-control is at the root of all the advantages. Let a
man give in to his impulses (冲动) and feelings, and from that moment he gives up his moral (道
德上的) freedom.
A single angry word has lost many a friend. When Socrates found in himself any temper or
anger, he would check it by speaking low in order to control himself. If you are conscious of being
angry, keep your mouth shut so that you can hold back rising anger. Many a person has dropped
dead in great anger. Fits of anger bring fits of disease. “Whom the gods would destroy they first
make mad.” “Keep cool”, says George Herbert, “for fierceness (狂怒) makes error a fault.”
To be angry with a weak man is to prove that you are not strong yourself. “Anger,” says
Pythagoras, “brings with folly(愚蠢) and ends with regret.” You must measure the strength of a
man by the power of the feelings he conquers, not by the power of those which conquer him.
Self-control is man’s last greatest victory.
If a man lacks self-control he seems to lack everything. Without it he can have no patience,
no power to govern himself; he can have no self-confidence, for he will always be controlled by
his strongest feeling. If he lacks self-control, the very backbone and nerve of character are lacking
also.
6. What does the reader learn from the first paragraph?
A. The greatest victory for a man is to conquer everything except himself.
B. One’s moral freedom is based on the control of himself.
C. To control oneself is the most difficult in one’s life.
D. If a person is too stubborn, he will feel most shameful.
7. What is the correct interpretation of “Whom the gods would destroy they first make mad” ?
A. If the gods want to kill you, they make you crazy first.
B. If you always lose your temper, you will soon be finished.
C. If you cannot control yourself, you will become crazy.
D. If you are mad, you will be punished by the gods.
8. If a man lacks self-control, he lacks all of the following EXCEPT _______.
A. the very backbone and nerve of character
B. the patience and power to control himself
C. strong feelings
D. self-confidence
9. The author’s main purpose in writing this article is to _______.
A. explain that self-control is the key to success
B. teach people how to control everything in order to make a great success
C. distinguish all kinds of self-control and suggest ways for keeping it
D. advise people not to lose temper so as to make and keep more friends
【解题导语】
本文介绍了自控力在人生中的重要性。
【答案与简析】
6. B 推断题。根据第 1 段最后一句“如果一个人被情感和冲动所支配，那么他就放弃了道
德上的自由”可推知此题答案为 B。
7. B 推断题。根据文章第 2 段最后一句 …for fierceness (狂怒) makes error a fault 为可推知
此题答案为 B。
8. C 推断题。根据文章最后一段排除选项 A、B、D，可推知此题答案为 C。
9. A 主旨题。根据文章内容及倒数第 2 段可推知此题答案为 A。
sdg3yy（C）
Few people would defend the Victorian attitude on children, but if you were a parent in those
days, at least you knew where you stood: children were to be seen and not heard. Freud and his
colleagues did away with all that and parents have been puzzled ever since. The child’s happiness
is all- important, they say, but what about the parents’ happiness? Modern child-rearing manuals
（抚养孩子手册）would never permit cruelty to children .The trouble is you are not allowed even
to shout. Who knows what deep psychological(心理的)wounds you might cause? The poor child
may never recover from the dreadful experience. So it is the parents that bend over backwards to
avoid giving their children complex which a hundred years ago hadn’t even been heard of.
Certainly, a child needs love, and a lot of it. But the excessive permissive(纵容) of modern parents
is surely doing more harm than good.
Psychologists(心理学家) have succeeded in weakening parents confidence in their own
authority. And it hasn’t taken children long to get wind of the fact. In addition to the great modern
classics on child care, there are countless articles in magazines and newspapers. With so much
advice flying about, mum and dad just don’t know what to do any more. In the end, they do
nothing at all. So, from early childhood, the kids are in charge and parents’ lives are regulated
according to the needs of their kids. When the little dears develop into teenagers, they take
complete control. Lack of authority over the years makes teenagers rebellion against parents all
the more violent. If the young people are going to have a party, for example, parents are asked to
leave the house. Their presence merely spoils the fun. What else can the poor parents do but obey?
10．The author says that today’s parents _______.
A. are bombarded with excessive amounts of child-care literature.
B. draw a distinction between permissiveness and carelessness.
C. are only towards children from happy home backgrounds.
D. weigh their children’s knowledge rather than intelligence.
11．The phrase “get wind of” (Para.2) most likely means _______ .
A. become used to
B. try to avoid
C. realize
D. become puzzled of
12．Which of the following can be inferred from this passage?
A. Victorian child rearing is a model for parents to follow.
B. Psychologists have much to answer for today’s problems on child care.
C. With the help of so much advice, raising children is easier than ever.
D. Parents like to enjoy the freedom when there is a party in the house.
13．What’s the main idea of this passage?
A. The excessive permissiveness of today’s parents is harmful to children.
B. Psychologists shouldn’t interfere so much with child care.
C. Parents should hold the Victorian attitudes towards children.
D. Children are too sensitive to be hurt.
【解题导语】
本文主要讲了对孩子过度的放纵所造成的原因以及分析对孩子放纵的结果。首先讲述了
父母对孩子的态度发生了变化，且作者提出父母对孩子过于纵容肯定是有害无益的。文中讲
述了在心理学家、报刊杂志的建议下，父母被弄得无所适从。被纵容、忽略下的青少年走向
犯罪，最后作者呼吁父母应严格管教自己的孩子。
【答案与简析】
10．A 细节理解题。“面对过量的抚养孩子的书”，第一段中的“child-rearing manuals”和第
二段中的“countless articles in magazines and newspapers.”说明了这一观点。B 和原文
的意思相反；CD 未 提到。本题易误选 B。
11．C
词义推断题。文章第二段第一、二句句意为“心理学家削弱了父母的权威，孩子们
很快就认识（get wind of）到了这一点”，故知其为“realize”之意。本题易误选 A。
12．B
推理判断题。见文章第二段第一句，意思为：“心理学家们成功地削弱了父母们对
自己权威的信心”，故可推知，心理学家应在很大程度上为现在父母们纵容孩子负责
任。
13．A
主旨大意题。文章第一段最后一句是本文主题句。其意思为：“尽管孩子们很需要
爱，但现在父母们对孩子的过度纵容给孩子带来的是坏处而不是益处”，故 A 项符合
要求。
（D）
From poor beginnings to most expensive player
ZINEDINE Zidane，who dreams of leading France to its second World Cup title in a row
next month，has always preferred to express himself with a football rather than with words．
Last Wednesday Zidane scored the decisive goal when Real Madrid of Spain won the
Champions League final against Germany's Leverkusen 2 一 1．
He became one of the world’s most expensive players when he joined Real Madrid from
Italy's Juventus for US $ 66 million．And he has been a national hero since he scored twice in the
3-O defeat of Brazil in the 1998 World Cup Final．
But despite his success，Zidane has always kept his feet on the ground．He leads a quite
family life，there is hardly any gossip about him and he avoids putting his wife and two children in
the spotlight．
“Just because I'm a public figure it doesn't mean I have to express myself on everything．I
don't like to discuss some personal matters publicly．”he said．
Even as a child playing football in the slum area of Marseille，France，where he was raised by
his Algerian parents，Zidane was shy．
He loved football even as a little kid．“I realized football is a wonderful mixture of a sharp
mind and hard training rather than just talking，”he said．
Even when the match awards were just chocolate and bread，Zidane found that football made
his poor childhood rich．
Before he was 1 O years old，it was obvious that he could become a great footballer．He was
offered his first professional contract(合同)when he was just 20．Now，at the age of 29，he has
already picked up two World Player of the year awards．
This quiet striker has not yet spoken of his hopes for the coming World Cup．But his fans
across the world will be eagerly watching him to see what he'll do this time．
14. What did Zidane learn from his childhood football experience? He learned
that_____________.
A．he could become a great footballer
B．he could become rich if he became a footballer
C．football is a mixture of a sharp mind and hard training but not just talking
D．football is a favorite sport in the future
15. According to the article，what are Zidane’s main characteristics?
A．He is a shy but successful man．
B．H e loves his wife and children．
C．He doesn't like to speak in public．
D．He is a quiet，down—to earth person of few words．
16. When the writer says“Zidane has always kept his feet on the ground”,he means_________.
A．Zidane spends more time standing than sitting most days
B．Zidane is a down-to earth person
C．Zidane has spent most of his time training on the pitch
D．Zidane likes standing when he succeeds
17. The sentence“Zidane found that football made his poor childhood rich”means___________．
A．football made Zidane's poor family wealthy when he was a child
B．Zidane knew that football could bring him fame and wealth even when he was a child
C．football brought happiness to Zidane when he was a child in a poor family
D．Zidane knew that if he wanted to be rich he must play football from childhood
【解题导语本文大体介绍了 Zidane 从小酷爱足球的成长过程。
【答案与简析】
14．C 细节理解题。由文中倒数第四段：“即使是个小孩他就热爱足球了，他意识到了足球
的本质是什么。”
15．D 概括大意题。由文中第四段可推断。
16．B 句意猜测题。由上下文推知可得答案。
17．C 判断理解题。即使当时的比赛奖品只是巧克力面包，他发现足球使他穷的童年生活变
得富足了。
（E）
Help or Not
Dear editor,
During last year's winter holiday, I went shopping with my grandmother. We saw several
beggars. Some of them were disabled, which made me feel sad. Among them were old people,
young people and even children! When I wanted to help them, my grandmother stopped me. She
told me they were not worth showing mercy to because some beggars cheated people out of their
money. Should I help them?
Yours,
Mary from Guangzhou
Dear Mary,
While I understand your grandmother’s point of view, I think that just because some beggars
have cheated people, this doesn’t mean you should never help any beggars.
Showing mercy to people who are not as fortunate as us is one of the kindest things we can
do. While some beggars may use dishonest means to get money, most beggars will not. Even those
who use dishonest means are probably hungry for food and feel they have no choice but to cheat
people. It is important to be careful for your own safety. But if you want to help, you don’t
necessarily have to give it to beggars in the street.
Another way you can help is by donating money to the China Charity Federation. Visit its
website at: www. china charity. cn.net.
18.From the grandmother’s point of view, we can learn that ________.
A. she has never helped the beggars.
B. she believes not all beggars are honest
C. she has surely been cheated by some beggars
D. she shows no pity for the poor
19. Mary felt sad for _______.
A. her grandmother
B. the disabled beggars
C. the old people
D. herself
20. The editor suggests that Mary should _______.
A. have her own mind
B. follow her grandmother
C. do something for those unfortunate
D. help the China Charity Federation
21. The underlined word “donating” probably means _______.
A. give out of kindness
B. put into a business
C. earn through an organization
D. give in return for some kindness
【解题导语】
对一些乞丐是否帮助？本文作者和编辑的回答将给你个满意答复。
【答案与简析】
18．B
细节理解题。Mary 的祖母阻止她可怜乞丐因为有些乞丐具有欺骗行为，符合题目
部分否定所表示的意义。
19．B 细节理解题。从原文“Some of them were disabled, which made me feel sad.”可以得出
答案。
20．C 推理判断题。编辑在回信中建议 Mary 应该对那些不幸者给予援助。本题易误选 D。
21．A 词义理解题。从回信的最后不难推出，单词的意义是“捐赠”。
【第二组】
ttp:// / sdg3yy
（A）
The quest for success always begins with a target. As Berra once said, “You got to be very
careful if you don’t know where you’re going, because you might not get there.”
Too many people wander through life like sleepwalkers. Each day they follow familiar
routines, never asking, “What am I doing with my life?” And they don’t know what they’re doing
because they lack goals.
Goal-setting is a focusing of the will to move in a certain direction. Begin with a clear
conception of what you want. Write down your goals and date them—putting them into words
clarifies them. Rather than concentrating on objects to acquire and possess, focus on fulfilling
your desires to do, to produce, to contribute--- goal- setting that yields the true sense of
satisfaction we all need.
It’s important to visualize yourself accomplishing your goal. While losers visualize the
penalties of failure, winners visualize the rewards of success. I’ve seen it among athletes,
entrepreneurs and public speakers. I’ve done it myself. I was terrified of air travel. Friends quoted
statistics contrasting air and highway safety, but it made no difference. I had read too many
articles describing crash scenes and imagined these scenes vividly. I had programmed myself,
without realizing it, to stay off planes.
Then one summer I had the opportunity to fly on a private plane with friends to a resort. I
didn’t want to miss out on a great vacation. So I spent two weeks imagining a smooth flight on a
beautiful sunny day and an easy landing.
When the day arrived, I was eager to go. To everyone’s surprise, I got on the plane and flew.
I loved every minute of it, and I still use the techniques I employed that day.
1．According to the passage, if you want to be successful, the first thing for you to do is _______.
A. find the right methods
B. be careful about everything
C. know your ability
D. have a clear goal
2．What does goal-setting mean?
A. Concentrating on things you want to possess.
B. Listing all the things you desire to have.
C. Focusing on doing things truly valuable.
D. Imaging the penalties of failure.
3．If you have a target, you will _______.
A. wander like a sleepwalker
B. know well what you are doing
C. do the same work every day
D. put it into words
4．What would be the best title for this passage?
A. Define Your Goal
B. Visualize Rewards of Success
C. Overcome the Fear of Air Travel
D. Sleepwalking Through Life
【解题导语】
奋斗的道路是通向成功的，而成功又必须要有明确的目标。就好比射箭比赛中，无论你
的弓拉得多么满，箭射得多么远，方向不对，就无法正中红心。人生亦是如此，每个人成功
的前提是设定一个正确的目标。朋友，当你准备发出第一箭的时候：注意，瞄准目标! 有了
目标，人就不会迷茫，就不会在社会的大潮中迷失方向。
【答案与简析】
1．D 细节理解题。文章第一段第一句说追求成功总是从设定一个目标开始的。
2．C
细节理解题。由第三段第一句可知设定目标就是全身心地投入某一值得的事业。本
题易误选 A。
3．B
推理判断题。文章第二段第二句话许多人不知道自己在做什么是因为没有目标，反
之可推断一个人有了自己的目标之后，他就会清楚自己在做什么。
4．A 标题归纳题。全文作者在论述人的一生中应该有明确的目标，这样你才不至于迷失
方向而碌碌无为。
（B）
As you may expect, life in space is much different from life on earth. So of course people
need some time to get used to it. How do they live, work and play up there?
Space food keeps getting more like the food we eat at home on the earth. In the past,
astronauts could eat only freeze-dried food. But now the space station has water, microwave ovens
and fridges. So astronauts can eat more usual kinds of food, like fruit, vegetables and ice cream!
All people in the ISS（国际空间站）have their own rooms. There’s no gravity, so they have to
attach themselves to their beds, or they’ll float away! That may seem like a hard way to sleep, but
astronauts say that sleeping in space is actually not too bad.
This is more important in space than on Earth. There’s not much gravity in space. Astronauts
don’t stand up, sit down or walk in space, so their muscles don’t have to work much. They
exercise on bikes and other machines for about two hours every day while they’re in space. In this
way, they can still keep strong and healthy when they get back home.
Easy things like brushing your teeth can be hard in space with low gravity. Water doesn’t
flow out of a tap, it floats in a bubble（水泡）! Astronauts used a special hose（软管）to take
showers. And when they’re finished, they use a vacuum（真空的）hose to suck the dirty water off
of their bodies. How do you go to the toilet in space? They use a special “air toilet”. It uses air, not
water, to take everything away.
What do astronauts do when they aren’t working? They read books, play cards, listen to
music or send e-mail to their friends and family. Sometimes they just sit and look out the window.
Doesn’t sound like much fun? But what if you could see planet Earth out of your window, with a
sunset or sunrise every 45 minutes?
5． Which of the following can be the title of this passage?
A. Life In Space.
B. Space Food.
C. Showers In Space.
D. A Visit To Space
6．From this passage we know that _______.
A. astronauts eat quite different food in space from what they eat on the earth
B. astronauts ate only fruit in space in the past
C. astronauts can only eat freeze-dried food now
D. astronauts can only eat fruit and vegetables now
7．Astronauts attach themselves to bed so as to ________.
A. keep themselves warm
B. prevent themselves from floating away
C. have a good sleep
D. feel better
8．Astronauts have to do exercise for two hours every day because ________.
A. they have nothing to do in space
B. they are told to do so
C. they do so to keep healthy
D. they do so to prevent them from sleeping
9．From the last paragraph we can guess that ________.
A. the sun moves fast around the earth
B. the earth circles round the sun very fast
C. the earth is very small
D. the spaceship circles round the earth once every 90 minutes
【解题导语】
本文讲述的是未来太空生活问题。
【答案与简析】
5．A．主旨大意题。本文讲述了航天员在太空生活的方方面面。只有 A 能囊括全文。
6．A．细节理解题。根据第二段。
7．B．细节理解题。根据第三段。
8．C．细节理解题。根据第四段（因太空中没有引力，不必做太多的运动，因而每天必须
做两个小时的运动来保持健康。
）
9．D．事实推理题。根据最后一段最后一句（每 45 分钟便看到一次日出或一次日落，据此
我们可以推测，飞船围绕地球飞行一周所需的时间是 90 分钟。
）
（C）
It is a matter of common observation that although money income keeps going up over the
years, we never seem to become richer. Prices are rising continuously. This condition is what we
call inflation: the money supply is becoming inflated so that each unit of it becomes less valuable.
We have got used to higher and higher rates of inflation in recent years. What could be bought
twenty years ago for one pound now costs well over 2 pounds. And at present this rate of inflation
seems to be rising rather than falling. If in the real world our money incomes go up at the same
rate as prices do. One might think that inflation doesn’t matter. But it does .When money is losing
value it also loses one of the qualities of a good money—stability（稳定）of value. It is no longer
acceptable as a store of value; and it becomes an unsuitable means of delayed payment. Nobody
wants to hold a wasting possession, so people try to get rid of money as quickly as possible.
Inflation therefore simply simulates（刺激）our spending and discourages saving.
10．From the passage we can know that inflation is a situation in which________.
A. everyone’s incomes rise
B. money will hold its value
C. we can watch our money grow
D. money constantly loses its value
11．In the writer’s view, if incomes and prices rise at the same rate, ________.
A. inflation maybe still be a problem
B. we have nothing to worry about
C. inflation is no longer a problem
D. we will become richer and richer
12．Under inflation people are likely to ________.
A. go to the bank more often than usual
B. save more money since their incomes rise
C. spend money quickly rather than to save it
D. keep money at home instead of going to banks
13．We can conclude according to the passage that ________.
A. the writer is a government official
B. the writer is worried about inflation
C. the writer encourages people to spend money
D. the writer has become richer because of inflation
14. Which of the following words is omitted at the end of the underlined sentence “But it does”?
A. Matter.
B. Goes.
C. Rises.
D. Falls.
【解题导语】
本文是关于通货膨胀问题及作者对此的各种担忧。
【答案与简析】
10．D 细节理解题。本文第三句解释的很清楚
11．A 判断理解题。If in the real world our money incomes go up……But it does 这一句即为
答案
12．C 推理判断题。根据文中 It is no longer acceptable as a store of value….得知答案。
13．B 推理判断题。纵观全文可知，本文作者为通货臌涨而担忧
14．A 词义推测题。根据上文可以判断，省略的是 matter。
（D）
Now study has found that working out regularly improves your mood, boosts your sense of
self-esteem and even enhances the function of your brain. As with other aspects of the health
connection between mind and body, scientists are only beginning to understand why physical
workouts also provide a mental and emotional boost. For those in search of mental as well as
physical motivation, here are extra reasons to begin a workout program for the new millennium.
Working out can give you a sense of exhilaration（令人兴奋）and accomplishment（成就）,
and the increased self-esteem. It helps you deal with stress in your job, relationships or any area of
life. When Australian researchers compared people who did 30 minutes of aerobic exercise three
times a week to those who practiced progressive-relaxation techniques, they found that the former
group responded better to acute stress and had lower blood pressure. Working out regularly may
make you smarter now and lessen the possibility that you’ll lose brain function as you age and can
actually help the brain develop new cells.
Exercise causes your body to produce endorphins（内啡肽）and help produce what’s known
as the exercise high. If you are feeling down, exercise may help pick you up. Although researchers
disagree on this issue, one review of past studies found that long-term exercise, especially when it
includes long-lasting, strenuous（花功夫的）training sessions, has about as much of an effect on
depression as psychotherapy（精神疗法）. Even a little exercise can make you think less anxious.
Studies have shown that any amount of exercise seems to decrease feelings of anxiety.
Finally, there’s one more reason to keep exercising. When you work out regularly, but don’t
over-train, your body simply functions better—you are better, healthier and less likely to suffer
painful physical conditions.
15．Which of the following is TRUE?
A. All people know that working out is good for their mind.
B. Scientists have studied well that exercise is good for people.
C. Exercise is not only good for our body, but for our mind.
D. The more you do exercise at one time, the healthier you are.
16．Which of the following would be the best title of the text?
A. Exercise Your Head.
B. Good Health Is Important
C. Make Yourself Smart
D. Do More Exercise
17．Choose one of the following words instead of “enhances” (Paragraph 1) ________.
A. reforms
B. improves
C. adds to
D. goes up
18．What is not one of functions of workout?
A. Working out gives the increased self-esteem.
B. Working out can help you deal with stress.
C. Working out makes you smarter.
D. Working out makes you feel down.
【解题导语】
毫无疑问，锻炼有益于身体，但许多人没有认识到锻炼也有益于头脑。大量的研究发现：
有规律的锻炼能改善心境、提高自信心，甚至能增进大脑的功能。不信你试试。
【答案与简析】
15．C．辨别正误题。根据文章的一、二段的信息“…between mind and body…”。
16．A．概括归纳题。根据文章内容归纳推出。运动对人的好处，这好处不只是身体亦对思
想、头脑，因此我们要锻炼我们的大脑。
17． B．词义理解题。根据上下文内容可以推出意思。
18． D．细节理解题。根据第二段首句可判断 A 正确；根据第二段中…they found that the
former group responded better to acute 可知 B 正确；
根据第二段中 Working out regularly
may make you smarter now and lessen the possibility that…可知 C 也正确。根据第三段
第二句可知 D 不正确。
（E）
A sixth of undergraduates in Beijing this year have registered at driving school. The students,
mostly from majors such as business management or international trade, will finish their driving
courses within 20 days or so.
Training costs have dropped to 2, 600 yuan for students, according to the Haidian Driving
School in Beijing. The price is not really low, but students will accept it, seeing it as an investment
（投资）in their future. Familiarity with the operation of computers and fluent English are the
basic skills graduating students need to find a job. But a driver’s permit has become another factor
（因素）.
“In the job market, owning a driver’s permit sometimes strengthens a graduating student’s
competitiveness for a good position,”says Zhou Yang, an undergraduate at the China University of
Political Science and Law.
Cars will become a necessary part of many people’s lives in the coming years, and it is
difficult to get a permit of campus because of the pressures on working people’s time. “Having a
fulltime job after graduation offers limited time to learn to drive. We senior students have plenty
of spare time, plenty of opportunity to learn. ”Zhou says.
Xu Jian, an official at the driving school, said undergraduates were very able and serious, and
could grasp in an hour what ordinary people took four hours to learn. In this driving school,
middle -aged people, young women and college students are the main customers.
To get a driver’s permit, a beginner is now required to have at least 86 hours’practice before
the final road test.
19．________ in Beijing want to learn to drive.
A. Most of the undergraduates
B. Many undergraduates
C. Many students in the driving school
D. Most of the students who learn business or international trade
20．The undergraduates are learning to drive because ________.
A. they need this skill to find a good job
B. they like to drive cars
C. they will not have any time to learn to drive after they have found a full - time job
D. most of them will be able to buy cars in the future
21．Which of the following is likely to be Xu Jian’s opinion of students learning to drive?
A. He thought it was better to learn it at college than at work.
B. He decided it was a waste of money and time to learn to drive.
C. He agreed that they could learn to drive.
D. He thought they would spend three times more time to learn to drive than usual.
22．Which of the following can be the best headline for the passage?
A. Students Pay Less to Learn to Drive Now.
B. Students Learn to Drive.
C. It is Better to Learn to Drive at Colleges.
D. Welcome to the Driving School.
【解题导语】
本文介绍的是当前大学生热衷于学驾驶的事情。
【答案与简析】
19．B 细节理解题。本文开头说六分之一的大学生在驾校注册，其中大部分是学商业管理
和国际贸易的。
20．A 细节理解题。第三段第一句告诉我们，他们学开车是为了找到好工作，增强自己的
竞争力。
21．C 细节理解题。Xu Jian 说“大学生能力强，认真，能用一小时学会普通人四个小时所
学的东西”，可见选 C。
22．B
标题选择题。全文报道北京的大学生热衷于学驾驶的情况。
【第三组】
http://w
ww.canpoint.cn/ sdg3yy （A）
A person, like a commodity, needs packaging. But going too far is absolutely undesirable. A
little exaggeration, however, does no harm when it shows the person’s unique qualities to their
advantages. To show personal attractiveness in a casual and natural way, it is important for one to
have a clear knowledge of oneself. A skilled packager knows how to add art and nature without
any signs of embellishment（装饰）, so that the person so packaged is not a commodity but a
human being, lively and lovely.
A young person, especially a female, shining with beauty and full of life, has all the favor
granted by God. Any attempt to make up would be self-defeating. Youth, however, comes and
goes in a flash. Packaging for the middle-aged is primarily to hide the marks made by years. If you
still enjoy life enough to keep self-confidence and work at pioneering work, you are unique in
your natural qualities, and your attractiveness and grace will remain. Elderly people are beautiful
if their river of life has been, through plains, mountains and jungles, running its course as it should.
You have really lived your life, which now arrives at a self-satisfied stage of quietness and
calmness with no interest in fame or wealth. There is no need to make use of hair dyeing. The
snow-capped mountain is itself a beautiful scene of fairyland. Let your looks change from young
to old in step with the natural ageing process so as to keep in harmony（和谐）with nature, for
harmony itself is beauty, while the other way round will only end in unpleasantness. To be in the
elder's company is like reading a thick book of deluxe（better quality）edition that attracts one so
much as to be unwilling to part with.
As long as one finds where one stands, one knows how to package oneself, just as a
commodity sets up its brand by the right packaging.
1. According to the author, if you want to keep in harmony with nature, you should _______.
A. dye your hair
B. make up at a young age
C. follow the ageing process
D. give up fame and wealth
2. For the middle –aged, attractiveness ______
.
A. hardly exists
B. is the strongest
C. comes from the inside
D. comes from the appearance
3. The underlined sentence means that elderly people
A. are usually packed like a finely-made book
____
B. experience a lot and have rich knowledge of life
C. do a lot of traveling and can give you much information
D. enjoy reading thick books of beautiful nature and fairylands
4．It can be concluded from the text that __________ .
A. people should be packed at all ages
B. people should be packed in a special way
C. elderly people also care about packing
D. proper packing makes people attractive
【解题导语】
人如商品要包装，但切忌过分包装。夸张包装，要善于展示个性的独特品质。在随意与
自然中表现人的个性美，重要的是认识自己，包装的高手在于不留痕迹，外在的一切应与自
身浑然一体，这时你不再是商品，而是活生生的人。
【答案与简析】
1．C 细节辨认题。根据第二段倒数第二句得知答案。
2．C
细节辨认题。由第二段可知，如果中年人保持自信，从事探索新知识的工作，他们
仍然很有魅力。他们的魅力是来自内心的，而不是外表的。
3．B
句意猜测题。由文章可知，由于老年人阅历丰富，所以和他们在一起就像阅读一本
很厚的高
质量的书，很吸引人，让人不愿离开。
4． D 推理判断题。提示：从第一段第二句“going too far is absolutely undesirable”，第四
句“To show personal attractiveness…”可看出。
（B）
Young people need to understand how our society depends upon scientific and technological
advancement and to realize that science is a basic part of modern living. The scientific process and
the knowledge produced cannot be considered to be ends in themselves, except for the classical
scientist. A student should understand the relation of basic research to applied research, and the
connection between technological developments and human affairs. More of technology than
science will be involved in social decisions, but both are important
The knowledge and methods of science are of little importance if there is no inclination to
use them properly. An open mind, a desire for accurate knowledge, confidence in the procedures
for seeking knowledge, and the expectation that the solution of problems will come from the use
of tested and proven knowledge—
Science instruction should acquaint students with career possibilities in technical fields and in
science teaching. A continuous effort should be made to identify and encourage those who develop
special interests. They should be given opportunities for some direct experience of a professional
nature; they should also learn about the extent of the various science fields and how these fields
are related to each other. But it is even more important for young people to acquire those skills and
5. According to the first paragraph,
A. devote thems
B.
C.
D. be well6.
A. purpose
B. results
C. advances
D. conclusions
7. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A.
B. Technology is more important than science in social de
C.
D. The knowledge and method of science are more important than those of technology.
8. Which of the following is NOT a factor of “scientific attitudes”?
A.
B. Accur
C.
D. The expectation that the solution of problems will come from.
9. According to the passage,
A. develop special interests in technical
B.
C.
D. acquire the skills and abilities for broading their knowledge
【解题导语】
本文说的是当今年轻人与先进的科学之间相互依赖的关系。
【答案与简析】
5．C 细节理解题。根据文章第一段第一句话:年轻人应该明白我们的社会是建立在先进的
科学与技术的基础上的，科学是现代生活的基础。C 项与此意接近，故选之。A、B、
D 三项与文章内容无关。
6．A 词义猜测题。名词 end 有“终点、末端、死亡、目的、残片”等多种意思，根据上下文，
我们可确定此处的 ends 是作“目的”解。
7．B 判断正误题。根据文章第一段最后一句中的“More of technology than science will be
involved in social decisions.”可知，在社会决定中，技术比科学更多地被涉及。由此
可见，B 项与文章内容相符，故选 B。
8．B 判断正误题。根据文章第二段第二句，A、C、D 三项均可找到其对应的内容，只有
B 项不在其中
9．D
推理判断题。根据文章最后一句话可知，对于年轻人来说，获取所需的技巧和能力
更为重要。
（C）
When you practice reading with passages shorter than book length, do not try to take in each
word separately, one after the other. It is much more difficult to grasp the broad theme of the
passage this way, and you will also get the stuck on individual words which may not be absolutely
essential to a general understanding of the passage. It is a good idea to skim through the passage
very quickly first to get the general idea of each paragraph. Titles, paragraph headings and
emphasized word can be a great help in getting this skeleton outline of the passage. It is surprising
how many people do not read titles, introductions or paragraph headings. Can you, without
looking back, remember the title of this passage and the heading of this paragraph?
Most paragraphs of a passage or chapter have a 'topic sentence' which expresses the central
idea. The remaining sentence expand or support that idea. It has been estimated that between 60%
and 90% of all expositive（说明的）
paragraphs in English have the topic sentence first. Always pay
special attention to the first sentence of a paragraph; it is most likely to give you the main idea.
Sometimes , though , the first sentence in the paragraph does not have the feel of 'main idea'
sentence. It does not seem to give us enough new information to justify a paragraph. The next
most likely place to look for the topic sentence is the last sentence of the paragraph.
Remember that the opening and closing paragraphs of a passage or chapter are particularly
important . The opening paragraph suggests the general direction and content of the piece, while
the closing paragraph often summarizes the very essence （精髓）.
10．It is a good idea to skim through a passage quickly first ________.
A. at about 350 w. P.m.(words per minute)
B. to get the general idea of each paragraph
C. so that you can take in each word separately
D. to make sure you get to the end at least once
11．The topic sentence of an expository paragraph in English_______.
A. usually comes in the middle
B. is most likely to be found at the end
C. is most often at the beginning
D. is usually left out in expository writing
12．Most expository paragraphs is English have a clearly defined topic sentence. In such
paragraphs the topic sentence comes first ________.
A. in about 40% of cases
B. in about 80% of cases
C. in about 20% cases
D. very rarely
13．Some times we know the first sentence is not the topic sentence because ________.
A. it does not seem to give us enough new information
B. it is not long enough
C. it does not come at the beginning
D. it does not make complete sentence
14．The closing paragraph of a piece of writing _______.
A. is not really very important
B. is often unnecessary repetition
C. often comes at the end
D. often summarizes the essence of the passage
【解题导语】
本文介绍了阅读的一些技巧问题。
【答案与简析】
10．B 根据文章第一段得出答案。
11．C 说明性段落的中心句往往是第一句。
12．B 文章已指出，此几率在 60%—80%之间。
13．A 从文章第三段找出相应句子。
14．D 文章末句往往概括全文精华。
（D）
The smart job seeker needs to get rid of several standard myths about interviewing before
starting to look for a job. What follows is a list of some of these untruths and some tips to help you
do your best at your interview.
Myth 1: The aim of interviewing is to obtain a job offer
Only half true. The real aim of an interview is to obtain the job you want. That often means
rejecting job offers you don't want! Incompetent job-seekers, however, become so used to
accommodating employers' expectations that they often easily qualify for jobs they don't want. So,
before you do back-flips for an employer, be sure you want the job
Myth 2: Try to control the interview.
Nobody "controls" an interview—neither you nor the interviewer—although one or both
parties often try. Then it becomes a phony exchange between two human beings; no business is
likely to be transacted. Remember, you can't control what employers think of you, just as they
can't control what you think of them. So hang loose when interviewing: Never dominate the
interview.
Myth 3: Never interrupt the interviewer
Study the effective conversationalists: They interrupt and are interrupted! An exciting
conversation always makes us feel free---free to interrupt, to disagree, to agree enthusiastically.
We feel comfortable with people who allow us to be natural. Employers will either like or dislike
you, but at least you'll have made an impression. Leaving an employer indifferent is the worst
impression you can make. And the way to make an effective impression is to feel free to be
yourself, which frees your interviewers to be themselves!
Myth 4: Don't disagree with the interviewer
Another silly myth. If you don't disagree at times, you become, in effect, a "yes" man or
woman. Don't be afraid to disagree with your interviewer in an agreeable way. And don't hesitate
to change your mind. The worst that could happen would be that the interviewer thinks, "There's a
person with an open mind!" The conventional wisdom says "be yourself," true enough. But how
many people can be themselves if they don't feel free to disagree?
15．The best title of the article is _______.
A. The Aim of Job-Seeking
B. How to Shine at a Job Interview
C. How to Obtain a Job
D. How to Control the interview
16．The aim of a job interview is ______.
A. to get a job offer
B. to compete with other job-seekers
C. to make an effective impression to interview
D. to obtain the job you want
17．Which can take the place of the word “agreeable” in the last paragraph?
A. suitable
D. friendly
C. pleasing
【答案与简析】
本文提出了一些择业面试方面的技巧。
D. forgettable
【答案与简析】
15．B．主旨大意题。根据首段及每个 Myth 的意思不难看出。其它只是部分内容。
16．D．细节理解题。根据原文的表达，在第二段 “Myth 2”中可知道答案：“The real aim of
an interview is to obtain the job you want.”
17．A．词语猜测题。根据句意，此处应该是“合适”之意。Pleasing“令人高兴的是”，forgettable
“可以忘记的”
，friendly“友好的”，均不符合题意。
（E）
Making an advertisement for television often costs more than a movie. For example, a
two-hour movie costs $ 6 million to make. A TV commercial can cost more than $ 6 000 a second.
And that does not include cost of paying for air time(电视节目开始的时间). Which is more
valuable, the program or the ad? In terms of money--and making money is what television is all
about, the commercial is by far the more important.
Research, market testing, talent, time and money--all come together to make us want to buy a
product. No matter how bad we think a commercial is, it works. The sales of charm went up once
the ads began. TV commercials actually buy their way into our head. We, in turn, buy the product.
And the ads work because so much time an attention is given them. Here are some rules of
commercial ad making. If you want to get the low middle-class buyer, make sure the announcer
has a tough, manly voice. Put some people in the ad who work with their hands. If you want to sell
to upper-class audience, make sure that the house, the furniture, and the hair style are the types
that the group identifies (识别) with. If you want the buyer feel superior to the character selling
the product, then make that person so stupid or silly that everyone will feel great about himself or
herself
We laugh at commercials. We don't think we pay that much attention to them. But evidence
shows we are kidding ourselves. The making of a commercial that costs so much money is not kid
stuff. It's big, big business. And it's telling us what to think, what to need, and what to buy. To put
simply, the TV commercial is a form of brainwashing.
18. TV commercials are more important than other programs to television because _______.
A. they bring in great profits (利润)
B. they require a lot of money to make
C. they are not difficult to produce
D. they attract more viewers than other programs
19. The purpose of all the efforts made in turning out TV commercials is ________.
A. to persuade people to buy the product
B. to show how valuable the product is
C. to test the market value of the product
D. to make them as interesting as TV movies
20. From the rules set for making commercial ads, we can see that_________.
A. the lower-middle-class buyer likes to work with his hand
B. the more stupid the characters, the more buyers of the product
C. ad designers attract different people with different skills
D. an upper-class buyer is more interested in houses and furniture than a lower-middle-class
buyer
21. The word “kidding”(line 2, par. 4) most probably means _________.
A. behaving as a child
B. laughing at
C. making fun of
D. not telling the truth to
22. It is believed by the writer that_________.
A. few people like to watch TV commercials
B. TV commercials are a good guide to buyers
C. TV commercials often make people laugh
D. people do not think highly of TV commercials
【解题导语】本文属新闻广告类题材，讲述电视商业广告的目的及对人们生活的影响。
【答案与简析】
18．A．细节理解题。从文章整体来看，强调了商业广告的是重要的，目的是为挣钱。参看
文章第一段最后一句话。
19．A。细节理解题。题干强调的是电视商业广告的目的，很明显是让消费者购买。
20．C．细节理解题。注意题干中有一词 rules，可参看文章第三段。第二句开始讲述对不同
阶层的人电视广告要采用不同的方法，其目的就是要吸引不同的人购买物品。
21．D。词义推测题。解决此题的关键在于搞清词组的含意。laugh at(嘲笑)make fun of(取笑，
捉弄)kidding(哄骗, 取笑, 开玩笑, 欺骗)。
22．D。细节理解题。阅读整篇文章不难看出人们对电视广告的态度并不是很好。A 中 few
people 不正确；B 中 good guide 不正确；C 中 often 不正确。
（四）
【导语】高中英语教学大纲明确规定：
“侧重提高阅读能力”
。纵观近几年的全国卷及各省市
自主命题卷，我们不难看出，阅读理解能力是高考考查的重点，阅读（每个题型都是对阅读
．．．．．．．．．
理解的考查
．．．．．）在整个试卷中自始至终占着主导地位，并且有逐年增加的趋势。可以毫不夸张
地说，做好阅读理解题，是获得高考英语高分的关键。阅读的重要性显易见，只有通过阅读，
我们才可以获得更大量、更广泛、更高层次的信息，才能更全面深刻地了解英语语言的特点。
尽管高考阅读文章难度有所下降，但题目难度明显上升，所以导致无数考生在阅读上感觉良
好，但正确率却不高，出现高分减少的现象，主要原因是在阅读部分很难拿到高分，这也再
次强调了阅读在整个英语学习中的重要性。加强阅读是做好其他题目的关键。
www.canpo
【第一组】
山东：邵立华 马金昌 n （A）
Computers. Love them or hate them, it is impossible to escape from them in the modern age.
They are so much a part of our everyday lives—from instant messaging to e-mails. With many
people preferring to use e-mail rather than traditional regular mail, it has become very important to
be aware of how we express ourselves when using e-mail. The requirement of etiquette（网络礼
仪）is obviously needed.
Grammar and spelling
Firstly, if you are dealing with a formal e-mail, pay close attention to grammar and spelling.
Don’t forget to run your spell-check (program) at the end of the document, but don’t treat it as the
final word. Carefully re-read it yourself, as sometimes even spell and grammar checking programs
come up with some strange explanations. Remember, your first e-mail to a potential employer or
college could be your last — you won’t want to spoil your first impression by making basic errors.
E-mail addresses
Also, for official e-mails, carefully consider your existing e-mail address. A funny e-mail
address (such as pinkfluffycutiepie@…com) may be fine for using with your friends, but what
impression do you think this address might give to an employer or college admissions officer?
Consider using one address for personal e-mails and a different one for formal use.
Upper case（大写字母）
Take care also NOT TO TYPE UNNECESSARILY IN UPPER CASE, as this is the e-mail
version of shouting.
Personal information
You should beware too about giving away too much personal information over the Internet. It
may feel much more comfortable to “talk” using instant messages as there are no uncomfortable
silences or awkward moments, but never forget that—unless the person you are speaking to is a
friend or family member—you really know nothing about them, so be careful. Further to this,
NEVER agree to meet a stranger that you have spoken to online, as it can be extremely dangerous.
My final message though is—have fun! The Internet is exciting, useful and informative. But,
as with so many things that we believe we can’t live without, it is a much better servant than a
master.
1. The text is mainly about______.
A. how to express ourselves when using e-mail
B. computers, so much a part of our everyday lives
C. the Internet, a much better servant than a master
D. paying close attention to grammar and spelling when dealing with a formal e-mail
2. We can infer from the sentence “your first e-mail to a potential employer or college could be
your last” that______.
A. You don’t have to write another e-mail because your first e-mail will leave a good
impression on a potential employer or college.
B. You might not be employed if you make basic errors in grammar and spelling when writing
your first e-mail.
C. A potential employer or college will employ you immediately they see your first e-mail.
D. You have to write another e-mail because you have made basic errors in the first one.
3. What does the underlined word “beware” mean?
A. think
B. be careful
C. care
D. know
4. If you use all capital letters, it looks like you are______.
A. yelling
B. careful
C. unprofessional
D. childish
5. Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?
A. As time goes by, many people prefer to use traditional regular mail again.
B. It’s fun to meet a stranger that you have spoken to online.
C. If you want to apply for a job, you can’t use a funny e-mail address when writing e-mails..
D. Grammar and spelling are not important when you write e-mails.
【解题导语】
本文讲述了在我们使用电子邮件的时候，如何正确的表达自己。文章介绍了一些用电子邮件
的网络礼仪。
【长难句理解】
1. With many people preferring to use e-mail rather than traditional regular mail,
it has become very important to be aware of how we express ourselves when using e-mail.
with + n+doing， with 结构，表示随着许多人喜欢用电子邮件，而不是传统的信件。rather
than, 非，而不是。be aware of 意识到。
2. ……but what impression do you think this address might give to an employer or
college admissions officer?
本句中 do you think 为插入语。give impression to 给……印象
3. But, as with so many things that we believe we can’t live without, it is a much
better servant than a master.
live without 没有……也能生活。本句 that 引导定语从句，先行词是 things, 在从句中
作 without 的宾语。
【答案及简析】
1. A
主旨大意题。根据第一段…it has become very important to be aware of how we
express ourselves when using e-mail. 可知本文主要介绍在我们使用电子邮件的
时候，如何正确的表达自己。
2. B
推理判断题。根据第二段…you won’t want to spoil your first impression by
making basic errors.可知，如果你犯了基本的语法和拼写错误的话，你的第一印
象就被破坏了，那么你也许就失去了被雇佣的机会。
3. B
猜测词义题。根据第四段 Take care also NOT TO…，可以看出 You should beware
too about giving away too much personal information over the Internet.中
beware 应是 take care 的同义词，即 be careful，小心，注意。
4. A
细节理解题。根据第四段 Take care also NOT TO TYPE UNNECESSARILY IN UPPER CASE,
as this is the e-mail version of shouting.可知，如果在写电子邮件的时候，
都用大写，表示在大喊大叫，即 A 项中的 yelling, 大喊。
5. C
细节理解题。根据第三段 A funny e-mail address may be fine for using with your
friends, …Consider using one address for personal e-mails and a different
one for formal use.可以看出，申请工作不应该使用滑稽可笑的邮址的邮箱，而应
用适合正式场合使用的邮址的邮箱。
山东：邵立华，马金昌整理（B）
If you have recently started collecting stamps, or are thinking about starting, you may be
wondering if the hobby is expensive.
Can you enjoy it with limited financial resources? What if you have no money at all for the
hobby?
The answer is an absolute positive one.
Not all collections consist mainly of unused stamps that you buy in the post office. Used
stamps are worth saving, have value, and they may cost you nothing. Many stamp collectors save
only used stamps.
The first place to search for stamps, then, is your own mailbox. You can ask people who
write to you to use commemorative（纪念性的）stamps on their mail.
Also, if you write away for offers that require postage or a self-addressed, stamped envelope,
you can put commemoratives on your return envelope, knowing that they will come back to you
later.
Neighbors, friends, and relatives are another good source of stamps. The majority of people
just throw away stamps when they receive them on mail and are only too happy to save them for
someone who appreciates them. You may even know someone who works in an office that gets a
lot of mails. Many businesses get a lot of foreign mail and regularly throw away stamps that have
interest or value to a collector. And don’t forget to ask your parents if they have any old letters
which may still have stamps on the envelopes.
Now that you have stamps on paper, what do you do with them? The most common way to
get stamps off paper is to soak them in cool water, then dry them on paper. To understand more
about soaking stamps, it is best to find a handbook on stamp collecting at the library.
Stamp clubs are another place to get stamps. A club may offer stamps as prizes, or have
inexpensive stamps you can afford to buy.
If you don’t have a stamp club around you, try to start one with a few others. All it takes are
four or five other stamp collectors who are interested in getting together to learn about and trade
stamps and ideas.
Obtaining a pen pal in another country is a very good way to get stamps from that country.
His or her extra stamps may seem really common in that country, but over here they are much
scarcer.
5．Which of the following has the closest meaning to the underlined word “positive”?
A. Certain.
B. Interesting.
6．Which of the following is TRUE?
A. Collecting stamps is a bad hobby.
C. Impossible.
D. Clear.
B. Collecting stamps is a hobby for rich people.
C. Used stamps are all worth collecting.
D. Collecting used stamps can save your money.
7．The writer suggests that you should ________.
A. ask your friends to write to you as often as possible.
B. ask your friends to write to each other as often as possible.
C. tell your pen-pals to write to you as often as possible.
D. get used stamps from all kinds of people you know.
8．To soak used stamps in water is the best way to _______.
A. get rid of he print
B. make the stamps clean
C. get stamps off paper
D. increase the value of the stamps
9．If you are a member of a stamp club, you can ________.
A. become rich by collecting stamps.
B. have a meeting every day
C. get more stamps without anything
D. exchange stamps with the other members
【解题导语】如果你是位集邮爱好者的话，下面的文章给你介绍了集邮方面的方法，使你快
速入门。
【长难句理解】
① Not all collections consist mainly of unused stamps that you buy in the post office.
本句为复合句。Not all….注意英语中的部分否定；that 引导一个定语从句，修饰 stamps。
② Also, if you write away for offers that require …, you can put …, knowing that they will
come ….
本句为混合复合句。if 引导一个条件状语从句，
从句中 that 引导一个定语从句，
修饰 offers；
knowing 为现在分词作状语，that 引导一个宾语从句。
③ The majority of people just throw away stamps when they receive them on mail and are only
too happy to save them for someone who appreciates them.
本句为复合句。句子主语为 The majority，谓语为 throw 和 are；when 引导一个时间状
语从句，who 引导一个定语从句，修饰 someone。
④ And don’t forget to ask your parents if they have any old letters which may still have stamps
on the envelopes.
本句为混合复合句。If 引导一个条件状语从句，which 引导一个定语从句，修饰 letters。
【答案及简析】
5． A 词义猜测题。下面的一段言外之意就是可以收集一些用过的邮票。本题易误选 B
6． D 判断正误题。A 不和文中意思；B 文中未涉及；C 与 Used stamps are worth saving, have
value, and they may cost you nothing.意思不符，但与 D 相符。
7． D 判断理解题。ABC 都错在 as … as possible 上，不和常理；D 符合文中所说，广泛
收集。
8. C 细节理解题。根据倒数第四段第二句得出答案。
9． D 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段…to learn about and trade stamps and ideas.得出答案。
AB 文中未涉及；C 与文中 or have inexpensive stamps you can afford to buy.不符。
山东：邵立华，马金昌整理
(C)
Another common type of reasoning is the search for causes and results. We want to know
whether cigarettes really do cause lung cancer, what causes malnutrition, the decay of cities, or the
decay of teeth. We are equally interested in effects: what is the effect of sulphur or lead in the
atmosphere, of oil spills and raw sewage in rivers and the sea, of staying up late on the night
before an examination?
Causal reasoning may go from cause to effect or from effect to cause. Either way, we reason
from what we know to what we want to find out. Sometimes we reason from an effect to a cause
and then on to another effect. Thus, if we reason that because the lights have gone out, the
refrigerator won't work, we first relate the effect (lights out) to the cause (power off) and then
relate that cause to another effect (refrigerator not working). This kind of reasoning is called, for
short, effect to effect. It is quite common to reason through an extensive chain of causal relations.
When the lights go out we might reason in the following causal chain: lights out power off
refrigerator not working temperature will rise milk will sour. In other words, we diagnose a
succession of effects from the power failure, each becoming the cause of the next.
Causes are classified as necessary, sufficient, or contributory. A necessary cause is one which
must be present for the effect to occur, as combustion is necessary to drive a gasoline engine. A
sufficient cause is one which can produce an effect unaided, though there may be more than one
sufficient cause: a dead battery is enough to keep a car from starting, but faulty spark plugs or an
empty gas tank will have the same effect. A contributory cause is one which helps to produce an
effect but cannot do so by itself, as running through a red light may help cause an accident, though
other factors pedestrians or other cars in the intersection must also be present.
In establishing or refuting （驳倒） a causal relation it is usually necessary to show the
process by which the alleged （所谓的） cause produces the effect. Such an explanation is called
a causal process.
10. What the author discussed in the previous section is most probably about _________.
A． relationships between causes and results
B． classification of reasoning
C． some other common types of reasoning
D． some special type of reasoning
11. According to the passage, to do the "effect to effect" reasoning is to reason _________.
A． from cause to effect
B． from effect to cause
C． from effect to effect and on to cause
D． from effect to cause and on to another effect
12. A necessary cause is __________.
A． one without which it is impossible for the effect to occur
B． one of the causes that can produce the effect
C． one that is enough to make the effect occur
D． none of them
13. Your refrigerator is not working and you have found that the electric power has been cut off.
The power failure is a __________
A． necessary cause
B． sufficient cause
C． contributory cause
D． none of them
14. This passage mainly discusses _________.
A． causal reasoning
B． various types of reasoning
C． classification of causes
D． the causal process
【答案及简析】本文说明了吸烟与造成癌症的因果关系。
【长难句分析】
1．We want to know whether cigarettes really do cause lung cancer, what causes malnutrition, the
decay of cities, or the decay of teeth.
本句为复合句。
谓语 know 后面带有两个宾语从句（Whether 和 what 分别引导一个宾语从句）。
2．Thus, if we reason that because the lights have gone out, the refrigerator won't work, we first
relate the effect (lights out) to the cause (power off) and then relate that cause to another effect
(refrigerator not working).
本句为混合复合句。If 引导一个条件状语从句，从句中带有一个 that 引导的宾语从句（宾
语从句为复合句构成）
；主句 we first relate….中带有一个由 that 引导的定语从句，修饰
relate。
3. A sufficient cause is one which can produce an effect unaided, though there may be more than
one sufficient cause:
本句为复合句。Which 引导一个定语从句，修饰 one；though 引导一个让步状语从句。
4. A contributory cause is one which helps to produce an effect but cannot do so by itself, as
running through a red light may help cause an accident, though other factors pedestrians or other
cars in the intersection must also be present.
本句为混合复合句。which 引导一个定语从句，修饰 one; as 引导一个原因状语从句；though
引导一个让步状语从句。
【答案及简析】
10．C 细节理解题。由本文第一句“Another common type of reasoning…”可推断前面所讲
的很可能是其他的推理类型。
11．D 判断理解题。 从本文第二段第三行“Thus”开始，到第六行结束，即是对 effect to
effect 推理方法所作的这一解释。
12．A 细节理解题。第三段的第二句话即阐明“a necessary cause”的含意。
13．B 细节理解题。根据“a sufficient cause”的定义。因为仅“断电”一项原因，足以使
“冰箱”停止工作。
14．A 细节理解题。通篇是对“causal reasoning”的讲述分析。
山东：邵立华，马金昌整理
整 (D)
Your new blender has been designed to give you years of enjoyment, with a small amount of
care.
To make sure that your blender always operates at peak performance, you should clean the
container after each and every use. Please do not use the container to store foods or drinks.
We recommend that you treat your blender container with the same care that you give to your
good glassware.
If you have been blending solid food, you may want to clean the container first with a
long-handled brush and warm water to get rid of any remains that stick to the inside.
After blending ANYTHING—liquid or solid—you should ALWAYS follow this procedure：
①Put about one cup of warm water and a bit detergent（洗涤剂）into your blender container,
cover and blend, at a low speed, for about 30 seconds.
②Wash up and dry the container. (Here’s a quick tip. To make sure it is really dry, put it back
on your blender base, cover and run the blender, empty, at a low speed, for about 2 to 5 seconds,
so that any remaining water drops may disappear.)
③To clean your blender base, unplug and use a soft cloth or sponge（海绵）, warm water and
a bit mild detergent. Do not put blender into water, and do not use any harsh（粗糙的）or hard
detergent.
15．Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A. Clean the container every time you use it.
B. Don’t use container to store food or drinks.
C. The steps of how to use a blender.
D. The blender can not be put into water.
16．What should you do first after blending solid foods?
A. Clean the container with a brush and warm water.
B. Clean the outside of the container first.
C. Put the long-handled brush into the container.
D. Run the blender again at a low speed.
17．The following are the steps of cleaning the blender, which is the correct order?
a. Wash up and dry the blender container.
b. Put a cup of warm water with detergent into the blender.
c. Put the blender on its base and run the blender a low speed for 2 to 5 seconds.
d. Unplug the blender base and clean it with a soft cloth, warm water and detergent.
f. Blend detergent and water at a low speed for about 30 seconds.
A. a—c—f—b—d
B. d—b—f—c—a
C. b—f—a—c—d
D. b—f—d—c—a
18．What might be the best title for the passage?
A. How to Use Your Blender?
B. How to Clean Your Blender?
C. Why to Clean Your Blender?
D. When to Clean Your Blender?
【解题导语】
本篇为应用文，介绍清洗搅拌机的三道主要程序及注意事项。
【长难句分析】
1．If you have been blending solid food, you may want to clean the container first with a
long-handled brush and warm water to get rid of any remains that stick to the inside.
本句为复合句。If 引导一个条件状语从句。That stick to the inside 为定语从句，修饰主句
中的 remains。
2．To make sure it is really dry, put it back on your blender base, cover and run the blender, empty,
at a low speed, for about 2 to 5 seconds, so that any remaining water drops may disappear.
本句为复合句。主句为祈使句，so that 引导一个目的状语从句。
【答案及简析】
15．C 细节理解题。根据二三段可答案。主要侧重介绍使用搅拌机之后如何清洗、甩干的
问题，未涉及如何使用。
16．A 推理判断题。注意题干中的 first 的限制作用。根据最后三段标注的序号可以判断 A
项才是清洗搅拌机的第一步。
17．C 逻辑排序题。根据上一题的提示，b 是第一项，据此排除 A、B；再根据最后一段 d
是最后一道程序，因此选 C。
18．B 主旨大意题。综合全文可以看出本文是介绍如何清洗搅拌机的。
考全品网 山东：邵立华 马金昌 n (E)
People in the United States honor their parents with two special days: Mother’s Day, on the
second Sunday in May, and Father’s Day, on the third Sunday in June.
Mother’s Day was proclaimed a day for national observance by President Woodrow Wilson
in 1915. Ann Jarvis from Grafton, West Virainia, had started the idea to have a day to honor
mothers. She was the one who chose the second Sunday in May and also began the custom of
wearing a carnation.
In 1909, Mrs. Dodd from Spokane, Washington, thought of the idea of a day to honor fathers.
She wanted to honor her own father, William Smart. After her mother died, he had the
responsibility of raising a family of five sons and a daughter. In 1910, the first Father’s Day was
observed in Spokane. Senator Margaret Chase Smith helped to established Father’s Day as a
national commemorative day, in 1972.
These days are set aside to show love and respect for parents. They raise their children and
educate them to be responsible citizens. They give love and care.
These two special days are celebrated in many different ways. On Mother’s Day people wear
carnations. A red one symbolizes a living mother. A white one shows that the mother is
dead．Many people attend religious services to honor parents. It is also a day when people whose
parents are dead visit the cemetery. On these days families get together at home, as well as in
restaurants. They often have outdoor barbecues for Father’s Day. These are days of fun and good
feelings and memories.
19．According to the passage, which of the following about the second Sunday in May is not true ?
A．It is a day to show love to mothers
B．It is a day to wear carnations
C．It is a day for people to visit the cemetery
D．It is a day for many people to attend religious services
20．Choose the right time order of the following events.
a. The first Father’s Day was observed
b. Mother’s Day was proclaimed a day for national observance
c. Father’s Day became a day for national observance.
d. The idea of honoring fathers was bought up
A．a b c d
B．d a b c
C．b a c d
D．d a c b
21．Who plays the most important role in Father’s Day becoming a national commemorative day?
A．Mrs Dodd
B．Margaret Chase Smith
C．Ann Jarvis
D．Woodrow Wilson
22．From the passage, we know in the U.S ________
A．one should wear a red carnation if one’s mother pass away
B．on Mother’s Day, families often go out to have barbecues
C．on Father’s Day, people often stay at home to celebrate the special day.
D．The purpose to have these two special days is to show love to parents
23．The author’s purpose of writing this passage is to __________
A．call on people to love and respect their parents.
B．introduce Mother’s Day and Father’s Day.
C．tell the difference between Mother’s Day and Father’s Day
D．show how important fathers and mothers are
【解题导语】
本文讲述了美国两个最主要的节日—父亲节和母亲节。
【长难句分析】
1．It is also a day when people whose parents are dead visit the cemetery.
本句为复合句。When 引导定语从句，修饰 day; whose 引导定语从句，修饰 people。
【答案及简析】
19． C
正误判断题。这个选项的说法不够准确。五月的第二个周日是母亲节，在这一天
有些父母逝世的人会去墓地看父母。
20． B 事件排序题。根据第二段及第三段关于母亲节及父亲节形成的先后关系来判断。
21． B
细节理解题。 从第三段最后一句话 Senator Margaret Chase Smith helped to
established Father’s Day as a national commemorative day, in 1972. 看出：是参议员史
密斯于 1972 年帮助父亲节推广为全国性节日的。
22． D 细节理解题。第一段就提到 People in the United States honor their parents with two
special days: Mother’s Day’s, on the second Sunday in May, and Father’s Day, on the
third Sunday in June.表明美国人民以两个特殊的日子向父母表示敬意：这便是每年五
月第二个星期日的母亲节和六月第三个星期日父亲节。
23． B 细节理解题。写这篇文章的目的是介绍母亲节和父亲节。
【第二组】
山东：邵立华 马金昌 n （A）
“Where are we going for Christmas dinner?” I asked my friends last night. No one really
knew, but one friend suggested. “Seeing as we can’t have a traditional turkey dinner, why don’t we
go to a Turkish restaurant? At least it’s from Turkey!
Preparing for my first—and perhaps my only—Christmas in China has been a little difficult. I
want to keep busy to fight off pangs（一阵阵的）of homesickness, but working on Christmas Day
wasn’t quite what I had in mind!
At home in the UK, Christmas Day usually involves me being woken up by my brother and
sister at a ridiculous（荒唐的）hour of the morning.
After opening our presents, everything is a big rush to get ready to visit my dad, and then join
my grandparents, aunts and uncles for Christmas dinner.
As much as I love the traditional Christmas meal of turkey, potatoes, stuffing and vegetables
followed by Christmas pudding, it’s not the food that I’ll miss the most this year. Christmas dinner
symbolizes the one time of the year when the whole family comes together and everyone is happy.
As well as the traditions enjoyed by every family, there are also personal aspects I’ll miss.
For example, on Christmas Day in my house it’s normal to find my mum getting annoyed by
my siblings（兄弟姐们）and me enjoying a game of Twister when we should be getting ready to go
visit the family.
And I always have to start the gift opening by unwrapping a present from an old relative who
buys me the same thing every year, to the amusement of my mum, sister and brother.
Although I will miss all of the various traditions that come with Christmas at home, I am
looking forward to enjoying an “out-of-the-ordinary” celebration this year.
Where I’ll eat my Christmas dinner is still undecided, but what is certain is that I’ll enjoy the
novelty（新颖）of eating it with chopsticks!
1. One misses his friends, relatives and family members, especially during a holiday. Find a word
in the passage to describe this.
A. tradition
B. celebration
C. homesickness
D. present
2. What the writer looks forward to most this Christmas is ________.
A. a turkey dinner
B. a traditional Christmas meal
C. a Chinese dinner with chopsticks
D. a family reunion and other personal aspects
3. At home before Christmas dinner, the children will _______.
A. first open their presents and then join their families.
B. stay in bed very late.
C. wake up their parents and grandparents
D. play a game of Twister with their mother
4. According to the writer, to eat Christmas dinner with chopsticks will be _______.
A. annoying
B. a new experience
C. an ordinary experience
D. ridiculous
【解题导语】
本文是关于身在中国的西方人是如何过“圣诞节”的故事。
【长难句分析】
1．Although I will miss all of the various traditions that come with Christmas at home, I am
looking forward to enjoying an “out-of-the-ordinary” celebration this year.
本句为复合句。Although 引导一个让步状语从句，从句中 that 引导一个定语从句，修饰
traditions；I am looking forward to enjoying….为主句。
2．Where I’ll eat my Christmas dinner is still undecided, but what is certain is that I’ll enjoy the
novelty（新颖）of eating it with chopsticks!
本句为并列复合句。But 为并列连词，前后各一个复合句。but 前 where 引导一个主语从句，
并在复合句中作主语；but 后 what 引导一个名词性从句，并在句中作主语，同时 that 引导
一个表语从句。
【答案及简析】
1. C 细节描述题。带着对题干的理解，从文中第二段可找到答案。
2. D 细节理解题。从文中第五、六两段可得到答案。
3. A 细节理解题。从第三、四段可找到答案。
4. B 细节理解题。最后一段“novelty”一字即昭示答案。
山东：邵立华 马金昌 n （B）
A healthy dose of sunshine may be the secret to staying young, British scientists have
disclosed.
Vitamin D is produced naturally by the skin in response to sunlight and may help to slow the
ageing process and protect against heart disease, according to the study.
Researchers from King's College London studied 2,160 women aged between 18 and 79,
looking at their telomeres - a biological marker of ageing found in DNA. As people get older, their
telomeres get shorter and they are easy to have illnesses.
But the study found women with high levels of vitamin D had comparatively longer
telomeres - a sign of being biologically younger and healthier.
The study suggests vitamin D may help to slow down the ageing process of DNA, and
therefore the ageing process as a whole.
Lead researcher Dr Brent Richards said: "These results are exciting because they prove for
the first time that people who have higher levels of vitamin D may age more slowly than people
with lower levels of vitamin D.
"This could help to explain how vitamin D has a protective effect on many ageing related
diseases, such as heart disease and cancer."
He said further studies are required to confirm the findings.
Professor Tim Spector, head of KCL's twin research unit, and a co-author of the report, added:
"Although it might sound absurd(荒谬的), it's possible that the same sunshine which may increase
our risk of skin cancer may also have a healthy effect on the general ageing process."
Vitamin D made by the action of sunlight on the skin accounts for 90 per cent of the body's
supply, but lower levels can also be obtained through food such as fish, eggs and breakfast cereals.
Other studies have suggested the vitamin plays a key role in protecting against cancer and
heart disease.
5. What’s the best title of this passage?
A. Sunshine 'helps to keep you young'
B. Vitamin D has a protective effect on many diseases
C. Telomeres - a biological marker of ageing
D. People have found the secret to having a long life
6. How can people get vitamin D?
A. through water
B. through sunshine
C. through food
D. both B and C
7. What does the underlined word in paragraph three refer to?
A. It refers to a kind of vitamin that can keep you young.
B. It refers to a biological marker of ageing found in DNA.
C. It refers to a kind of element that can be obtained from sunshine.
D. It refers to a part of the body.
8. Vitamin D can’t help to ______.
A. slow the ageing process
B. protect against heart disease
C. protect against cancer
D. keep your skin smooth
9. Which of the following is not true according to the passage?
A. women with high levels of vitamin D shows a sign of being biologically younger and
healthier.
B. vitamin D has a protective effect on many ageing related diseases.
C. too much sunshine may increase our risk of skin cancer.
D. It has been proved that sunshine 'helps to keep you young'.
【解题导语】
英国科学家日前公布，长期坚持晒太阳可能是永葆青春的秘诀。
【长难句分析】
1．These results are exciting because they prove for the first time that people who have higher
levels of vitamin D may age more slowly than people with lower levels of vitamin D.
本句为混合复合句。Because 引导一个原因状语从句，其中 who 引导一个定语从句，修饰
people；than 为省略形式的比较状语从句。
2．Although it might sound absurd(荒谬的), it's possible that the same sunshine which may
increase our risk of skin cancer may also have a healthy effect on the general ageing process.
本句为复合句。Although 引导一个让步状语从句；主句中 it 为形式主语，that 为真正主句
真正主语，其中带有一个由 which 引导的定语从句，修饰 sunshine。
【答案及简析】
5． A 主旨大意题。根据文章第一段主题段可以看出，长期坚持晒太阳可能是你永葆青春
的秘诀。
6． D 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段 Vitamin D made by the action of sunlight on the skin
accounts for 90 per cent of the body's supply, but lower levels can also be obtained through
food such as fish, eggs and breakfast cereals.可以看出，维生素 D 主要通过日晒获得，也
可通过食物获得。
7． B 词意理解题。根据第三段第二行：looking at their telomeres - a biological marker of
ageing found in DNA.可以看出，telomeres，是位于染色体末端的 DNA 微粒。
8．D 细节理解题。根据文章内容来判断，维生素 D 能减缓老化的进程，维他命对预防癌
症和心脏病具有重要作用，而能使皮肤光滑文章未提及。
9．D 细节判断题。根据倒数第四段 He said further studies are required to confirm the findings.
可以看出，还需要进一步的研究证实这项发现。
山东：邵立华 马金昌 n
(C)
One of the most important meals of the day is breakfast. In order for children to build strong
bodies and for adults to keep well, they should always eat a good breakfast. Eating the right food
is necessary for good health. You should eat different kinds of food in order to keep good health.
It is understood that a good breakfast may contain eggs, bread, milk, and so on. By eating
breakfast every morning, you can feel alive and active in the morning’s work. After a good
breakfast you can step out into the morning air and feel wonderful. Anybody can feel better by
eating a good breakfast.
Many fathers and mothers are unable to get their children to eat breakfast. There are many
reasons for children not to eat breakfast. One reason could be that they do not have a good
example. It could be that the father and mother do not eat breakfast. Whatever the reasons are for
children not to eat breakfast, it can be bad for their health.
Without breakfast children may not grow as fast as they should and may not study and play
as well in school in the morning as they could. They can have more illnesses, and, when they are
ill, it may take them longer to be in good health again than it takes children with good health
habits.
Food is the source of power for the body. Unless the body gets food, it cannot keep operating
at top speed. Without food the body will slow down. Nobody will live without food. It is necessary
to start the day full of power. So you must eat breakfast so that you can keep in good health and do
your best each morning.
10. What should adults do in order to keep good health?
A. eat less and take more exercise
C. have more for supper
B. have less for lunch
D. have a good breakfast
11. Many fathers and mothers are unable to get their children to eat breakfast because they
_______.
A. always eat a big breakfast
B. eat a little for breakfast
C. eat more for breakfast
D. don’t have breakfast at all
12. What will happen to the children without breakfast?
A. They may not grow as fast as children with breakfast
B. They may grow faster and better than children with breakfast
C. They may grow as fast and well as children with breakfast
D. They may study as well as or ever better than children with breakfast
【解题导语】
俗话说:"早饭要吃好,午饭要吃饱,晚饭要吃少",早餐真的可有可无吗? 经常不吃早餐会
给人体带来很多危害吗？本文就说明了早餐的重要性。
【长难句分析】
1．Whatever the reasons are for children not to eat breakfast, it can be bad for their health.
本句为复合句。whatever 引导一个让步状语从句。
2．Without breakfast children may not grow as fast as they should and may not study and play as
well in school in the morning as they could.
本句为复合句。本句中为 not as….as…结构，属于比较状语从句。
3．They can have more illnesses, and, when they are ill, it may take them longer to be in good
health again than it takes children with good health habits.
本句为复合句。When 引导原因状语从句；than 引导一个比较状语从句。
【答案及简析】
10．D 细节理解题。根据文章第一段第二句可知答案。
11．D 细节理解题。根据文章第三段父母不能让孩子吃好早餐的原因之一就是他们自己根
本不吃早餐。
12．A 判断理解题。根据文章第四段第一句 Without breakfast children may not grow as fast as
they should 便可知答案。
山东：邵立华 马金昌 n
(D)
After the very active and successful tenure （任职） of office by the Senegalese president as
the head of the Organization of African Unity, it was highly logical to think that the successor,
whoever he might be, would have a difficult task in doing a better job.
The Congolese president set to work as soon as he was elected. His first step was to suggest
to the dean of heads of state present in the Ethiopian capital, President Kenneth Kaunda of Zambia,
to summon a meeting of the leaders of countries that lie close to South Africa. Its aim; to define a
strategy in order to overcome the reprisals （报复行为） that the racist regime of Pretoria is likely
to take against its neighbours in case sanctions （制裁） are imposed by the international
community.
President Sassou Nguesso has already undertaken a number of trips abroad. He thus went to
Harare (Zimbabwe) where he delivered a speech, on September l,
on behalf of Africa before the
summit meeting of non-aligned （不结盟的） nations.
At the end of September, he was in New York, for a statement before the General Assembly
of the United Nations, and then in Washington, for talks with high-ranking members of the Reagan
Administration. He then went to Ottawa, for consultations with leading members of the Canadian
government.
The Congolese president's aim, in all these endeavours, is to convince still reluctant countries
of the imperious （紧迫的） necessity of imposing sanctions against the racist regime of Pretoria.
13. In the first paragraph, the word "successor" refers to _________.
A．a person who enjoyed a successful career in politics
B．a person who was very popular in the political arena
C．the person who was to lead the organization
D．the present head of the organization
14. According to the passage, Sassou Nguesso _________.
A．is Congolese
B．knew that it was very difficult for him to be elected
C．was elected without any opposition
D．has held a meeting in the Ethiopian capital
15. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A．President Sassou Nguesso has decided to visit as many African countries as possible.
B．President Sassou Nguesso made a suggestion to President Kenneth Kaunda that a
meeting be held of the leaders of countries that lie close to South Africa.
C．President Sassou Nguesso went to Harare and delivered a speech there.
D．If sanctions are imposed against South Africa by the international community, the racist
regime of Pretoria will probably take revenge on its neighbours.
16. We may draw the conclusion that President Sassou Nguesso has been working really hard to
________
A．prove himself a trustworthy president
B．convince some reluctant countries that it is highly necessary to impose sanctions against
the racist regime of Pretoria
C．show to the whole world the strength and power of the Organization of African Unity
D．seek financial support from some advanced countries to promote African economy
17. This piece is most probably taken from __________.
A．a newspaper report
C．a history book
B．a biography
D．a Who's Who
【答案及简析】
13．C 词义猜测题。successor 一词指即将接任该组织领导职位的人。
14．A 细节理解题。可用排除法。B）
、C）
、D）的内容均未提及。况且第二段的第一句已
先点出其人是“The congolese president。
15．A 细节理解题。B）
、D）的内容在第二段中提及，C）也在第三段中提及，唯独 A）
项内容未曾提及。
16．B 推断题。这一问题是问 President Sassou Nguesso 所作努力的目的，从文中最后一段
可以看出。
17．A 题材选择题。语言平直通俗，笔调比较客观，符合新闻报道的文体。
(E)
In most cultures, it is said that a happy marriage is built on compatibility（兼容性）and virtue.
What about romance? Well, romance doesn’t play a big part, if any, in marriage. Affection
and love may be valued highly. But Western-style romance is often viewed with distrust, even
where people now practice some Western ways.
In Japan, for example, dating is to test compatibility. People don’t date just to have a good
time. And in Korea, marriage—not dating—is seen as the beginning of love.
But what sort of love? In such cultures, love usually refers to affection and loyalty between
partners. This takes time to develop, but it lasts. If you saw Fiddler on the Roof, you’ll recall
Tevye and Golde, the Russian-Jewish couple. After 25 years of an arranged marriage, they realize
that they really do love each other.
In contrast, a recent U.S. study shows that marriages beginning romantically are more likely
to end in divorce. Hollywood-style romance is unrealistic and short-lived. And it leaves little room
for simple friendship.
18．What does the writer want to do by giving example?
A. To show what marriage is
B. To explain what love is.
C. To prove that people marry first and then love comes.
D. To tell why people need compatibility in marriage.
19．The best title for the passage should be ______.
A. A Happy marriage is One Which Lasts Long.
B. What Is Romance.
C. Different Cultures Have Different Ideas about Marriage.
D. Compatibility And Virtue---The Basis Of A Happy Marriage
20．Which of the following is what the writer tries to tell us about marriage?
A. romance plays a big part in marriage.
B. A happy marriage is built on affection and love.
C. Love comes before marriage.
D. Marriages beginning romantically will not long.
21．How does the writer prove the belief that a happy marriage is built on compatibility and
virtue?
A. Presenting the topic—Denying the usual belief—Positive example—Negative example.
B. Presenting the topic—Positive example—Negative example—Denying the usual belief.
C. Denying the usual belief—Negative example—Positive example—Presenting the topic.
D. Presenting the topic—Positive example—Denying the usual belief—Negative example.
【解题导语】
本问讲述了各地婚姻风俗习惯。
【答案及简析】
18．D 判断推理题。文章一开始就点名了主题。
19．D 标题选择题。综合全文。本题易误选 AC。
20．B 判断理解题。文章第一段就说明了作者的意图。本题易误选 D。
21．D 结构判断题。从 2—5 段内容可以看出。第四段是 negative example，第五段是 positive
example。本题易误选 A。
【第三组】
（A）
Education is one of the key words of our time. A man without education, many of us believe,
is an unfortunate victim of unfortunate circumstances deprived of one of the greatest twenty-first
century opportunities. Convinced of the importance of education, modern states ‘invest’ in
institutions of learning to get back ‘interest’ in the form of a large group of enlightened young men
and women who are potential leaders. Education, with its cycles of instruction so carefully worked
out, punctuated by text-books—those purchasable wells of wisdom—what would civilization be
like without its benefits ?
So much is certain: that we would have doctors and preachers, lawyers and defendants,
marriages and births--but our spiritual outlook would be different. We would lay less stress on
‘facts and figures’ and more on a good memory, on applied psychology, and on the capacity of a
man to get along with his fellow-citizens. If our educational system were fashioned after its
bookless past we would have the most democratic form of ‘college’ imaginable. Among the
people whom we like to call savages all knowledge inherited by tradition is shared by all；it is
taught to every member of the tribe so that in this respect everybody is, equally equipped for life.
It is the ideal condition of the ‘equal start’ which only our most progressive forms of modern
education try to regain. In primitive cultures the obligation to seek and to receive the traditional
instruction is binding to all. There are no ‘illiterates’—if the term can be applied to peoples
without a script—while our own compulsory school（义务教育）attendance became law in
Germany in 1642, in France in 1806, and in England in 1967, and is still non-existent in a number
of ‘civilized’ nations. This shows how long it was before we deemed（认为） it necessary to make
sure that all our children could share in the knowledge accumulated by the ‘happy few’ during the
past centuries.
Education in the wilderness is not a matter of monetary means. All are entitled to an equal
start. There is none of the hurry which, in our society, often hampers（阻碍）the full development
of a growing personality. There, a child grows up under the ever-present attention of his parents,
therefore the jungles and the savannahs know of no ‘juvenile delinquency’（少年犯罪）. No
necessity of making a living away from home results in neglect of children, and no father is
confronted with his inability to ‘buy’ an education for his child.
1．The best title for this passage is _______.
A. The significance of Education
B. Education Investment and Its Returns
C. Educational：A Comparison of Its Past and Its Present
D. Education in the Wilderness
2．The phrase “deprived of” in Paragraph 1 can be replaced by _______.
A. derived from
B. prevented from
C. dispossessed of
D. disposed of
3．The author seems ________.
A. against the education in the very early historic times.
B. positive about our present educational instruction
C. in favor of the educational practice in primitive cultures
D quite happy to see an equal start for everyone
4．The passage implies that _______.
A. some families now can hardly afford to send their children to school
B. everyone today has an equal opportunity in education
C. every country invests heavily in education
D. we are not very certain whether preachers are necessary or not
5．According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. One without education today has few opportunities.
B. We have not yet decided on our education models.
C. Compulsory schooling is a legal obligation in several countries now.
D. Our spiritual outlook is better now than before.
【答案及简析】
受教育对于每个人来说都是至关重要的。在过去，每个人所受的教育都是平等的，而
现代却由于经济因素使某些人不能接受良好的教育，充分发挥自己。作者指出，在教育中
人们力图恢复“平等的起点”这种理想的状态。
【长难句分析】
1．Convinced of the importance of education, modern states ‘invest’ in institutions of learning to
get back ‘interest’ in the form of a large group of enlightened young men and women who are
potential leaders.
本句为复合句。Convinced of…..为过去分词短语作状语，主句 modern states ‘invest’ in
institutions of……中含有一个由 who 引导的定语从句，修饰 young men and women。
2．Among the people whom we like to call savages all knowledge inherited by tradition is shared
by all；
本句为复合句。Whom 引导一个定语从句，修饰介词宾语 people。
3．This shows how long it was before we deemed（认为） it necessary to make sure that all our
children could share in the knowledge accumulated by the ‘happy few’ during the past centuries.
本句为混合复合句。How long 引导一个宾语从句，作 shows 的宾语；宾语从句中含有一个
由 before 引导的时间状语从句和一个省略引导词（that）的宾语从句（作 deemed 的宾语）；
that all our children could share…….作 make sure 的宾语。
【答案及简析】
1．C
主旨大意题。文章第一段指出教育在现代是个关键词。接着在下面的几段中对比了
教育在现代及过去的状况，指出过去的教育对每个人来说都是平等的，而现代教育
在这一点上却不尽如人意。
2．B 细节理解题。根据文章第一段第二句，意为“许多人认为，一个没有受过教育的人，
是一个不幸的环境中的不幸的牺牲者，这个环境剥夺了他在二十一世纪最大的机会
——受教育的机会。
3．C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段前两句。
“平等的起点”是我们最先进的现代教育形式
力图恢复的思想状态，在原始社会中寻求并接受传统指导是每个人必须履行的义务，
故知作者认为原始社会中“平等的起点”是理想的教育形式，故选 C。
4．A 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段前三句。
5．C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段第 5 行：
“while our own compulsory school attendance
became law in Germany in 1642, in France in 1806, and in England in 1967”
，可知答案。
（B）
I hear many parents complaining that their teenage children are rebelling. I wish it were so.
At your age you ought to be growing away from your parents. You should be learning to stand on
your own two feet. But take a good look at the present rebellion. It seems that teenagers are all
taking the same way of showing that they disagree with their parents. Instead of striking out
boldly on their own, most of them are clutching at one another's hands for reassurance.
They claim they want to dress as they please. But they all wear the same clothes. They set off
in new directions in music. But somehow they all end up huddled round listening to the same
record. Their reason for thinking or acting in thus-and-such a way is that the crowd is doing it.
They have come out of their cocoon （蚕茧）--- into a larger cocoon.
It has become harder and harder for a teenager to stand up against the popularity wave and to
go his or her own way. Industry has firmly carved out a teenage market. These days every teenager
can learn from the advertisements what a teenager should have and be. And many of today's
parents have come to award high marks for the popularity of their children. All this adds up to a
great barrier for the teenager who wants to find his or her own path.
But the barrier is worth climbing over. The path is worth following. You may want to listen to
classical music instead of going to a party. You may want to collect rocks when everyone else is
collecting records. You may have some thoughts that you don't care to share at once with your
classmates. Well, go to it. Find yourself. Be yourself. Popularity will come with the people who
respect you for who you are. That's the only kind of popularity that really counts.
6. The author's purpose in writing this passage is to tell ________.
A．readers how to be popular with people around
B．teenagers how to leam to decide things for themselves
C．parents how to control and guide their children
D．people how to understand and respect each other
7. According to the author, many teenagers think they are brave enough to act on their own, but, in
fact, most of them_________
A．have much difficulty understanding each other
B．lack confidence
C．dare not cope with problems single-handed
D．are very much afraid of getting lost
8. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A．There is no popularity that really counts.
B．What many parents are doing is in fact hindering their children from finding their own
paths.
C．It is not necessarily bad for a teenager to disagree with his or her classmates.
D．Most teenagers claim that they want to do what they like to, but they are actually doing
the same.
9. The author thinks of advertisements as _________.
A．convincing
B．influential
C．instructive
D．authoritative
10. During the teenage years, one should learn to _________.
A．differ from others in as many ways as possible
B．get into the right season and become popular
C．find one's real self
D．rebel against parents and the popularity wave
【解题导语】
本文分析了当今青少年的心理并对其进行了分析。
【长难句分析】
1．It seems that teenagers are all taking the same way of showing that they disagree with their
parents.
本句为复合句。It 为形式主语，that 为真正主语；that 引导一宾语从句，作动名词 showing
的宾语。
2．These days every teenager can learn from the advertisements what a teenager should have and
be.
本句为复合句。What 引导一个宾语从句，作 learn 的宾语。
【答案及简析】
6．B
目的推断题。本文是对当前青少年的心理及行为加以剖析，强调青少年应“Find
yourself．Be yourself”的观点。
7．B
细节理解题。第一段最后一句“…most of them are clutching at one anothers hands for
reassurance” 即说明他们“lack confidence”
。
8．A 正误判断题。文中最后一句明确指出“That's the only kind of popularity that really
counts"。
9． B
推 理 判 断 题 。 第 三 段 第 三 句 “ These days every teenager can learn from the
advertisements what a teenager should have and be”即说明青少年会受广告宣传的影
响。
10． C 推理判断题。最后一段中“Find yourself”即为“find one's real life”之意。
(C)
Marlene Dietrich is finally to be honored by her home city, Berlin.
For more than half a century, the famous film star won huge fame in Hollywood, but
remained a highly controversial figure in Germany.
When the city’s new film Museum is opened on September 26, three of its 15 rooms will
show the star’s possessions collected over a lifetime.
In addition to various collections by Marlene, visitors will able to see all Marlene Dietrich’s
movies. There will also be key excepts from a vast range of German-made films.
Dietrich became a world star after her wonderful performance in a movie. After that, she
turned her back on Germany, horrified by the sudden movement of Nazi in her hometown.
A few years after the war, the star was persuaded to pay a short visit to Berlin. But the trip
proved a disaster. At a city hall gathering in West Berlin, crowds turned out to see her, but not all
friendly.
She was attacked at times. She found herself being blamed for wearing an American uniform
during the war to please US troops in Europe. She was also scolded for “turning her back on the
country.”
Dietrich, deeply hurt, decided she would never return to Berlin again. But she softened her
judgment.
When she died in Paris in 1972, it was at her express wish that her body should be sent back
to Berlin for burial alongside her mother in a local cemetery.
11. From the second paragraph, we can get to know that _______.
A. Germans were narrow-minded
B. Germans were difficult to get along with
C. all Germans admired Dietrich
D. some Germans disliked Dietrich
12. The underlined sentence “She turned her back on Germany” (in Para 5) means _________.
A. Dietrich looked down upon her country
B. Dietrich turned away from her country
C. Dietrich gave up performance in her country
D. Dietrich lost her job in her country
13. Dietrich paid a short visit to her country ________.
A. in 1930
B. before 1940
14. The famous film star, as a whole, _________.
C. in 1945
D. after 1945
A. loved her mother all her life.
B. enjoyed her life in France
C. loved her country from her heart
D. felt satisfied with her performance
【解题导语】
本文介绍了德国著名影星 Marlene Dietrich，她在她的黄金时候离开了德国，没有得到
任何奖励，和公正的评价。就是如此，MARLENE。一个伟大的演员，最理想的女人。
【答案及简析】
11． D 细节理解题。从第二段“but remained a highly controversial（有争议的）figure”可
以知道，既然是有争议的人物，肯定是有人喜欢，有人不喜欢的。
12． B 句意理解题。由于 Dietrich 对于德国的纳粹党运动感到震惊和恐惧，她被迫离开德
国，但后来的德国人认为她背弃了德国。Turn one’s back on…..“背弃、抛弃“。turn
away from…… “厌恶”
。
13． D 细节理解题。第六段“A few years after the war, the star was persuaded to pay a short
visit to Berlin.”中，
“the war”指的是第二次世界大战（1937—1945）
，所以答案选
D。
14． C 推理判断题。从倒数第二段“But she softened her judgment.”以及最后一段中“她
要求死后将她的尸体运回 Berlin 和她母亲葬在一起”
，可以看出：Dietrich 从心里来
说，还是热爱她的祖国的。
(D)
The Need for Holidays
You’ve no doubt heard people say how much they “need” a holiday，when what they really
mean is that they want one．Certainly，people working under pressure feel a very strong desire to
escape from work and become less tight during their holidays，and experience a changed
environment(环境). For this reason, holidays away from home are now seen by most people as
necessary to their quality life. However, work for many people today are office work and mental,
rather than physical tasks. These people may seek much more energy taking activities while on
holiday, rather than simply lying on a beach.
Once people become used to going on holiday, taking holidays becomes a habit. Even in a
recession(经济萧条时期), for many people the holiday is one of the last things to be given up, and
indeed many workers have chosen to spend some of their last pay when being laid off on a holiday,
perhaps to give themselves a "lift” before facing a gloomy(暗淡的)future.
Perhaps we don't like to admit it, but most of us also enjoy showing off about the places we
have been to, and the lovely tans? Dark skins we have got. The idea of tanning, however, is
becoming less attractive than it was. So many tourists are now able to afford holidays in the sun
that tans have become quite common；and although we join a tan together with health(and it is true
that a certain amount of sunshine gives us a feeling of being healthy), it has been fully shown that
sunshine，especially when received over a short, focused period of time, results in high danger of
skin problems, as well as drying out one's skin and leading to more lines on your face later in life.
15．More and more people choose to have holidays because they ________.
A. hate working indoors all the time
B. want to get away from work
C. love enjoying the beauties of nature
D. become rich and want a better life
16．When office people have holidays，they often________.
A. lie on the beach and enjoy sunshine
B. spend more than they can afford
C. think about their work on the beach
D. choose to do more physical exercise
17．A holiday may __________ when one has to face some difficulties in life．
A. cheer someone up
B. help someone find a job
C. be the last thing to given up
D. bring good luck to someone
18．At the end of the passage the writer tries to tell the reader ________.
A. the importance of getting sunshine
B. the bad effect of being on holiday
C. the result of getting sun tanned
D. the healthy look of being tanned
19．From this passage we learned that some people can not live without ______．
A. a tan
B. a job
C. a pay
D. a holiday
【解题导语】
本文讲述了人们怎样把生活和假日很好地利用起来。
【长难句分析】
１．You’ve no doubt heard people say how much they “need” a holiday，when what they really
mean is that they want one．
本句为混合复合句。How much 引导一个宾语从句；when 引导一个主语从句；that 引导一个
表语从句。
２．These people may seek much more energy taking activities while on holiday, rather than
simply lying on a beach.
本句为并列句。并列连词 while 前后一个分句。
３．Perhaps we don't like to admit it, but most of us also enjoy showing off about the places we
have been to, and the lovely tans?
本句为并列复合句。并列连词 but 前为一个简单句，之后为一个含有省略关系代词
（that/which）的定语从句，修饰 places。
4. So many tourists are now able to afford holidays in the sun that tans have become quite
common；and although we join …(and ….), it has been fully shown that sunshine，especially when
received over …e, results in high danger of skin problems, as well as drying out ….
本句为混合复合句。其中 that 引导一个结果状语从句；although 引导一个让步状语从句；when
引导一个时间状语从句。
【答案及简析】
15．B 细节理解题。从第二句 people working under pressure feel a very strong desire to escape
from work 可知。
16．D 细节理解题。从第一段最后一句 These people may seek much more energy taking
activities while on holiday, rather than simply lying on a beach.可知。
17．A 细节理解题。从第二段最后一句 perhaps to give themselves a "lift” before facing a
gloomy(暗淡的)future. 可以推断出。
18．C 判断推理题。文章最后一句…high danger of skin problems, as well as drying out one's
skin and leading to more lines on your face later in life 等都是 suntan 的结果。
19．D 判断推理题。对有些人来讲，taking holidays becomes a habit。生活中度假已是生活
的必不可少的一部分了。
(E)
Teenagers need nine hours of sleep a night and parents can help by getting them back on a
school sleep schedule before classes begin, researchers suggest.
Early morning classes can be particularly hard on teenagers because
"their circadian rhythms change at puberty and they want to go to sleep
later and wake up later," Robert Roberts, a professor at the University of
Texas School of Public Health, said on Friday.
"Adolescents need nine hours of sleep a night and about a fourth of them get six hours or
less," he said. "Most classes begin very early and for adolescents that's the worst combination."
A sleep study involving more than 3,100 students at four Massachusetts public high schools
produced some eye-opening results, according to Roberts' colleague, Professor Michael Smolensk.
"The top students, the ones earning mainly A's and B's, went to bed earlier on both
weeknights and weekends than those who received C's, D's and F's. The high achievers slept about
25 minutes longer on school nights than did the low achievers," Smolensk wrote in his book, "The
Body Clock, Guide to Better Health."
Roberts suggested that "students would be better off if high school classes started at noon and
ended six or seven in the evening. They'd be much happier. Of course, their teachers might not
be."
20. According to the passage, the hard time for the teenagers is _______.
A. to get up early
B. to get up late
C. to have early morning classes
D. to go to bed late
21. For the teenagers, they should at least have _______ hours to have a good sleep for a night.
A. less than six
B. six
C. more than six
D. about nine
22. Which statement of the following is NOT true?
A. It’s good for adolescents going to bed late and getting up late.
B. It’s not good for adolescents having early morning classes.
C. A good sleep can mean a good remark for the teenagers.
D. The later teenagers go to bed, the better remarks they will get.
23. If the school classes started at noon and ended six or seven in the evening, ______ will be
happier.
A. teenagers
B. teachers
C. teenagers and teachers
D. neither teenagers nor teachers
24. We can infer from the passage that the writer’s attitude to changing the class time is ______.
A. supportive
B. suspicious
C. critical
D. indifferent
【解题导语】
：
本文为科普体裁。根据科研人员的研究证明，青少年正处在身体发育阶段，晚睡晚起是他们
的特点，目前的早课对他们来说是不适合的。应该改变上课时间，使学生有一个完好的休息
时间，这样才有更好的成绩。
【答案与简析】
：
20. C
细节理解题。根据文章第二段 Early morning classes can be particularly hard on
teenagers 可知，上早课对于中学生来说尤其难过，因为孩子们喜欢晚睡晚起，这
是生物钟决定的。
21. D
细节理解题。根据文章第三段 Adolescents need nine hours of sleep a night 可知，青
少年每晚需要保证九个小时的睡眠。
22. D
细节判断题。通过文章内容我们可知，
“晚睡晚起”
，这是符合青少年的生理特点的，
正是这个特点，学校安排的早课对学生不利，因此学生只有好好休息，才有可能取
得好成绩，这都是对的。但是晚起，是相对而言的，并非是越晚越好。故答案选 D。
23. A
细节理解题。根据文章最后一段可知，如果学校都改成中午上课，晚上六七点放
学，那学生们就好过多了。他们一定会觉得很幸福。当然，老师们就不一定了。
24. A
态度判断题。根据文章内容和最后一段我们可以推断出，从学生的身心发展来说应
该更改教学时间，这对学生们来说是有好处的，学生们也会感到愉快的，而对于老
师尽管是不一定愉快。因此作者意图很明亮，是持支持态度的。
（五）
关键词：高分靠阅读 突破靠写作
在《新课标》中,阅读的重要性仍然被放在了第一位,对阅读的基本技能和阅读量做出了
详细的规定。在《新课标》中，阅读的重要性仍然被放在了第一位，对阅读的基本技能和阅
读量做出了详细的规定。同时高中英语教学大纲明确规定：
“侧重提高阅读能力”。纵观近几
年的全国卷及各省市自主命题卷，我们不难看出，阅读理解能力是高考考查的重点，阅读（每
．
个题型都是对阅读理解的考查
．．．．．．．．．．．．．）在整个试卷中自始至终占着主导地位，并且有逐年增加的趋
势。可以毫不夸张地说，做好阅读理解题，是获得高考英语高分的关键。阅读的重要性显易
见，只有通过阅读，我们才可以获得更大量、更广泛、更高层次的信息，才能更全面深刻地
了解英语语言的特点。尽管高考阅读文章难度有所下降，但题目难度明显上升，所以导致无
数考生在阅读上感觉良好，但正确率却不高，出现高分减少的现象，主要原因是在阅读部分
很难拿到高分，这也再次强调了阅读在整个英语学习中的重要性。加强阅读是做好其他题目
的关键。
谁抓住了阅读，谁就掌握了主动权。
【第一组】
高考 全品高考网 http:/ /
sdg3yy：邵立华金（A）
Rice with a brand name sells at a higher price. And this is new for Chinese farmers.
For decades, Chinese farmers never bothered to register a brand for their products, however
things have changed quite a lot in recent years, and local farmers are becoming more aware of the
importance of a registered brand.
“Under the market economy, even farm products have to register a brand in order to compete
with others.” says Chen Chaojun, owner of Dangyuan brand pears in Anhui Province. Dangyuan
pears sell well, and at a 30 percent higher price than other pears.
In China, farmers have now registered as famous brands nearly 1,000 varieties of their farm
products ranging from rice, wheat, mushrooms, chickens, oranges and apples to garlic and crabs.
Farm products with registered brands normally sell better than those without registered
brands.
Brand registration for farm products has brought ideological（思想上）changes to Chinese
farmers.
“People are wearing brand name clothes, and using brand appliances and now we want them
to eat brand name food,” says Wang Heji, a farmer who is applying to register the peanuts of his
hometown—Guzhen County in Anhui Province.
To assure good quality and freshness, farmers sometimes transport their products by air.
Crabs may be the largest group of air passengers in the country. They come mainly from Jiangsu
Province and are a favorite delicacy in Hong Kong.
Moreover, local farmers know how to protect their interests through legal procedures. Zhao
Baoquan, owner of Shanhua brand mushrooms, says that in the future he intends to sue（控告）
anyone selling fake Shanhua mushrooms.
1．Why do more and more farmers register a brand for their products?
A. They can race with others in trade.
B. They are demanded by the government.
C. They should observe the trade regulations.
D. They are under the market economy.
2．Which sentence is NOT mentioned in the text?
A. Besides clothes and appliances with brand-names, there is also some brand name food
now.
B. The farms on which the products are produced should have registered brands.
C. The farm products should be kept fresh and good.
D. There is a wide-ranging brand registration for farm products.
3．How do farmers protect their interests?
A. By making a legal claim against fake food producers.
B. By requesting those selling fake products to register brands.
C. By quarrelling with those selling fake products.
D. By fining those fake food sellers.
4．The best title for the text is _________.
A. Brands bring ideological changes to customers.
B. How to sue fake food products
C. Brand name products sell well.
D. Brand bring farmers more profit.
【解题导语】本文主要讲述商标给农民带来的益处。
【答案与简析】
1．A 推理判断题。申请商标能在生意上引起竞争。
2．B 判断正误题。文章只提到农产品申请商标，并没有说农场也要注册商标。
3．A 判断理解题。从文章最后一段“local farmers know how to protect their interests through
legal procedures.”可知答案。
4．D 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述商标给农民带来的益处。
高考全品网理
（B）
Anger is good for you, as long as you control it, according to new psychology research. A
new study from Carnegie Mellon University shows anger may help people reduce the negative
impacts of stress and help you become healthier.
“Here getting emotional is not bad for you if you look at the case of anger,” said Jennifer
Lerner of Carnegie Mellon. “The more people display anger, the lower their stress responses.”
Lerner studied 92 UCLA students by asking them to count back from 6,200. They must say
out loud every thirteenth number. Researchers disturbed them by asking them to count faster or
ask them other questions. If they made any mistakes, they had to restart from the very beginning.
Many students felt depressed about making so many mistakes or got angry.
Lerner used a hidden video camera and recorded all their facial expressions during the test.
The researchers describe their reactions as fear, anger and disgust.
Other researchers recorded the students’ blood pressure, pulse and production of a high-stress
hormone（荷尔蒙）called cortisol. People whose faces showed more fear during the experiment
had higher blood pressure and higher levels of the hormone. Both can have lasting effects such as
diabetes（糖尿病）, heart disease, depression and extra weight gain.
When people feel fear, negative impacts increase, but when they get anger, those negatives go
down, according to the study.
“Having that sense of anger leads people to actually feel some power in what otherwise is a
maddening situation,” Lerner said.
Lerner previously studied Americans emotional response to the 9/11 terrorist attacks two
months after the incident. She found people who reacted with anger were more optimistic. These
people are healthier compared with those who were frightened during the events. So in maddening
situations, anger is not a bad thing to have. It’s a healthier response than fear.
5. What is the story mainly about?
A. The findings of new psychology research.
B. What you can do with anger in certain cases.
C. Different effects produced by anger and fear.
D. Healthier responses in maddening situations.
6. Which statement ill Jennifer Lerner agree with?
A. It’s better to be depressed than to be frightened.
B. Different reactions reflect different outlooks on life.
C. Don’t control your anger and it makes you powerful
D. Optimistic people are generally healthier than pessimistic people
7. What does the underlined word “both” refer to according to the passage?
A. Fear and anger.
B. Blood pressure and pulse.
C. Blood pressure and cortisol.
D. Higher blood pressure and higher levels of the hormone.
8. In what ways can anger be beneficial to people?
A. By showing their optimistic side.
B. By reducing their stress.
C. By reducing high blood pressure.
D. By taking the place of fear.
9. The researchers irritated（激怒）the students by ________.
A. recording their performance secretly
B. asking them to count to 6.2000 again and again.
C. disturbing them and making them start all over again.
D. criticizing them when they made mistakes
【解题导语】
下次再遇到让你抓狂的情况，生气吧！不过要适度哟！
【长难句分析】
1．Having that sense of anger leads people to actually feel some power in what otherwise is a
maddening situation,
本句为复合句。主句主语为动名词短语(Having that sense of……)；what 引导一个名词性从
句，作介词 in 的宾语。
2．These people are healthier compared with those who were frightened during the events.
本句为复合句。Who 引导一个定语从句，修饰介词宾语 those。Compared with 为过去分词
短语做状语。
【答案与简析】
5. A 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，生气带来的好处，尤其是在有些”maddening situations”.
6. B．判断理解题。本题主要考查 Jennifer Lerner 的观点”Here getting emotional is not bad for
you if you look at the case of anger, the more people display anger, the lower their stress
responses.”
7. D．猜测词义题。第五段中第二、三句可以给出答案。
8. B．信息理解题。第一但中提到”…reduce the negative impacts of stress….”
9. C．细节理解题。第三段有提到 “Researchers disturbed them by asking them to count faster or
ask them other questions.”
http://
高考全品网
(C)
There is no doubt about it. The best way to learn new words is to do it unconsciously. I don’t
mean while you’re unconscious. I mean while you are unconscious of the fact that it is sinking in
That is how I learnt the 30,000 words in my vocabulary by living in an English-speaking
world, mother tongue. I just pick them up. But some of them may be misunderstood. Now to
misunderstand does not mean not to understand. To misunderstand is to understand but incorrectly.
The 5 % mislearnt of all the words we "know" will be the least frequently used words, as the
more frequently used words are less likely to be mislearnt. Some of the misunderstandings may
live with all our lives, without knowing that we got them wrong.
Many English teachers think that this natural method of learning words in one’s own mother
tongue can be used for a second language learning. They teach their students how to play the
Guessing Game. "There is no time to look up in your dictionaries all the new words you come
across," they will say. "You have to practise guessing what the word means from the context."
This method of guessing in a second language learning does not work. It may succeed in
many cases, but results in hundreds or thousands of wrongly-guessed meanings of words.
And what's more, there are more separate meanings than there are words themselves. Our
leamers' dictionaries usually have many meanings. A good dictionary is what makes self-learning
possible.
Don’t guess! Look it up!
10. It is certain that the best way to learn new words is ________.
A. to learn them by oneself
B. to learn by living in an English-speaking world and using them frequently
C. to guess them from the context
D. to get more separate meanings of each word
11. The underlined word "them" in Paragraph 2 refers to ________.
A. the 30,000 words
C. misunderstood words
B. English teachers
D. frequently used words
12. Which of the following is most likely NOT true?
A. Some of the words the writer knows must have been misunderstood.
B. Most of the 30,000 words the writer learned are frequently used ones
C. How many words the writer got wrong are not known.
D. All the words the writer knows were learned by reading them.
13. It can be inferred that ________.
A. when somebody is conscious, he or she usually can't learn new words by heart
B. we must use the words as often as possible in order to master them
C. it's the best way to learn new words that one should only guess their meanings from the
context
D. only dictionaries can help us learn language well
【解题导语】对语言词汇的学习目前是各抒其见，本文中作者提出了自己的方法，你看了后
或有启示。
【答案与简析】
10．D 细节理解题。本文作者不主张猜词义，而强调查辞典的重要性，并应记住尽量多的
词义。作者在倒数第二段作了说明：辞典能给出很多不同的词义。联系起来可得出
此答案。也可用排除法。
11．A 词义猜测题。根据上文所说 I learnt the 30，000 words…可知。
12．D 判断正误题。从第 l 段中的 sinking in(潜移默化)和第 2 段中的 pick them up(不知不
觉学到)，可知作者掌握的词汇中一部分是在生活中无意识学到的。
13．B 推理判断题。第 3 段说作者对所学词汇中的 5％理解错误，原因是用得最少。而用
得多的则误解的可能性小。
http://
高考全品网 sdg3yy
(D)
Nearly everyone is shy in some ways. If shyness is making you uncomfortable, it may be
time for a few lessons in self-confidence. You can build your confidence by following some
suggestions from doctors and psychologists.
Make a decision not to hold back in conversations. What you have to say is just as important
as what other people say. And don’t turn down party invitations just because of your shyness.
Prepare yourself for being with others in groups. Make a list of the good qualities you have.
Then make a list of ideas, experiences, and skills you would like to share with other people. Think
about what you would like to say in advance. Then say it.
If you start feeling self-conscious in a group, take a deep breath and focus your attention on
other people. Remember, you are not alone. Other people are concerned about the impression they
are making, too.
No one ever gets over being shy completely, but most people do learn to live with their
shyness. Even entertainers admit that they often feel shy. They work at fighting their shy feelings
so that they can face the cameras and the public. Just making the effort to control shyness can have
many rewards. But perhaps the best reason to fight shyness is to give other people a chance to
know more about you.
14. Where would this article probably appear?
A. On the front page of a newspaper.
B. In a popular magazine.
C. In a science textbook.
D. In an encyclopedia(百科全书)。
15．The main purpose of the article is to ________.
A. explain how shyness developed
B. prove that shyness can overcome
C. persuade readers that shyness is natural
D. recommend ways of dealing with shyness
16．Which of these can you conclude from reading the article?
A. The attempt to overcome shyness is always worthwhile.
B. Entertainers choose their work to fight shyness.
C. The attempt to overcome shyness is always successful.
D. Shy people never have any fen.
17．What is the source of the suggestions for fighting shyness?
A. The author of the article.
B. Shy men and women.
C.Popular entertainers.
D. doctors and psychologists.
【解题导语】
羞怯心理与生惧怕，本文教你如何克服羞怯心理，做个有胆识有魄力的人。
【答案与简析】
14. B 判断推理题。本文讲的是如何克服羞怯心理，根据文意最有可能出现这类文章的是
在杂志上，而报纸头版、百科全书以及理科教材要么太专业要么意义重大。
15. D 主旨大意题。文章用了排比段落，先总说羞怯心理，然后分别介绍克服羞怯心理的
办法。
16. A 句意理解题。文章最后一段提到：Just making the effort to control shyness can have
many rewards 这句话等同于 D 项。
17. D
细节理解题。本题根据第一段 You can build your confidence by following some
suggestions form doctors and psychologists 可知答案。
(E)
There is no doubt that watching television and can influence the way that people behave.
Moreover, it seems that people are spending more and more time watching some sort of visual
entertainment, whether it is television, a video tape or a DVD. Therefore, the effects of visual
media cannot be ignored.
One obvious effect of the these media is that watching them induces people to buy certain
products. television advertising is widespread and, nowadays, even movie theaters permit
advertisements. Another way TV and the movies affect people is that they give people either a
broader view of the world or a distorted（扭曲的） one, depending on what type of program they
watch. Those who watch news and educational program can learn many new things while those
who watch primarily entertainment shows may come to believe that most people in the world
possess great wealth and good looks. It may make them become dissatisfied with their own lives.
Finally, perhaps the most susceptible（易受影响的）viewers are children, who may be unable to
tell fact from fiction and may try to imitate acts that they see on TV or in the movies.
With the every-increasing popularity of video entertainment, society must pay attention to
these effects. Television and movies, while entertaining and informative, cannot take the place of
real experience.
18．From the passage, we know that watching television and movies can ________.
A. make people live better
B. make people feel pleased
C. make people change their way of life
D. make people live worse
19 The writer holds the view that _______.
A.people may take no notice of the effects of the visual media
B.people must pay attention to the effects of the visual media
C.the effects of the visual media make the world changed greatly
D.the visual media only affect young people
20. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.Those who watch news and educational programs can earn a lot of money and become
very pretty.
B. The reason why most people possess great wealth and good looks is that they often watch
television advertising.
C. People buy products only when they are induced by television advertising.
D. People who watch primarily entertainment shows may come to believe that most people in
the world are rich and beautiful.
21.What would be the best title for the text?
A. The Influence of Television and Movies
B. The Reason Why People Watch Television and Movies
C. Television and Movies Induce People
D. The Importance of Television and Movies.
【解题导语】本文主要说明现代媒体对人们的影响。
【答案与简析】
18. C
判断推理题。
（根据文章第一句。
）
19. B
推断态度题。
（文章最后一段第一句。
）
20. D
细节理解题。
（文章第二段第四句。）
21. A
归纳标题题。
（从文章第一段和第三段可知答案。
）
【第二组】
（A）
Are supermarkets designed to persuade us to buy more? When you enter a supermarket, the
manager knows better than you do how you will behave—which way you will walk, where you
will look, what will you make you buy one product rather than another. When customers go into a
shop, they naturally look to their left but move clockwise, towards the right. So supermarket
entrances are usually on the left of the building, and the layout is designed to take shoppers around
the store, aisle after aisle, from left to right. Then shoppers will pay attention to all the products.
Fresh fruit and vegetables are displayed near supermarket entrances. This gives the
impression that only healthy food is sold in the shop. Basic foods that everyone buys, like sugar
and tea, are not put near each other. They are kept in different aisles so customers are taken past
other attractive foods before they find what they want. In this way, shoppers are encouraged to buy
products that they do not really need.
People walk quickly through narrow aisles, but they move more slowly in wide aisles and
give more attention to the products. One best-selling position for products is at the end of the
aisles, because shoppers slow down to turn into the next aisle. Another is on shelves at eye level.
Supermarkets are paid by food manufacturers to put their products in each of these high-selling
places.
Sweets are often placed at children’s eye level at the checkout. While parents are waiting to
pay, children reach for the sweets and put them in the trolley.
More is bought from a fifteen-foot display of one type of product (e.g. cereals, washing
powder) than from a ten-foot one. Customers also buy more when shelves are full than when they
are half empty. They do not like to buy from shelves with few products on them because they feel
there is something wrong with those products that are there.
1. Fresh fruit and vegetables are displayed near supermarket entrances because it will
_____________.
A. provide convenience for customers
B. make the supermarkets more comfortable
C. make the customers believe that healthy food is sold in the markets
D. promote the sales of fruit and vegetables
2. Sugar and tea are not put each other because the shop owners hope that _____________.
A. customers can spend more time in their supermarkets
B. customers can clearly distinguish between sugar and tea
C. the sales of sugar and tea can be increased
D. customers will buy something they don’t really need
3. Customers like to buy products on the full shelves because they think that ______________.
A. products on the full shelves are newly produced
B. there is some problem with the products on the half empty shelves
C. the products on the full shelves are always the best of all
D. the products on the half empty shelves have been rejected
4. It can be inferred from the passage that _____________.
A. you should know how customers behave if you want to be a supermarket manager
B. customers always choose what they really need when they are shopping
C. supermarkets usually pay money for the high-selling positions
D. sweets are often placed at children’s reach near the checkout
【解题导语】
本文主要讲述超市物品摆放的地方及原则，以及为什么要这样摆放。
【答案与简析】
1．C 细节理解题 从文章第二段 This gives the impression that only healthy food is sold in the
shop.这句话可以看出。
2．D 细节理解题 从文章第二段可以得到答案。
3．B 细节理解题 从全文最后一段的最后一句话 They do not like to buy from shelves with
few products on them because they feel there is something wrong with those products that
are there. 可以看出。
4．A 推测题
从全文可以看出要出任超市经理，要有多方面的知识，尤其是心理学方面的
知识。
（B）
Learning another language isn't easy, but most people can learn a second language well if
they’re willing to put in the necessary time. Here are some practical suggestions for studying
effectively, overcoming anxiety, and learning the grammar and skills necessary for success in
foreign language classes.
Study every day
Language learning is cumulative: you cannot put it off until the weekend. Study one or two
hours for every class hour if you want a good mark.
Distribute your study time in 15 to 30 minutes period throughout the day
Study a different task each time: vocabulary now, grammar next, etc. Get an overview during
the first half hour: spend 10 minutes reviewing dialog, 10 minutes learning new vocabulary, 10
minutes learning new grammar... So you'll at least have looked at it all. About 80~of your study
time should be spent on recitation or practice.
Attend and participate in every class—even if you aren't well prepared
Class time is your best opportunity to practice, learn the grammar and vocabulary outside of
class in order to make full use of the class time. Spend a few minutes "warming up" before each
class by speaking or reading the language.
Make yourself comfortable in the classroom
Get to know your classmates, so you'll feel you’re among friends. Visit your teacher during
office hours to get aquainted(熟悉的)：explain your goals and fears about the course to your
teacher.
Learn grammar if you don't already know it
Grammar is the skeleton(骨架) and the basic structure of a language, and you must learn it.
Practice for tests by doing what you'll have to do on the test
If the test will require you to write, then study by writing--including spelling and accents. If
you're asked to listen, practice listening. Ask for practice questions and make up your own test
questions. Try to invent changes on patterns and forms. Over learning is also required in tests
preparation：study beyond the paints of recognition to mastery.
Develop a good attitude
Have a clear personal reason for taking the class. Set personal goals for what you want to
learn. Leave perfectionism at the door; give yourself permission to make mistakes and learn from
them.
5. What does the underlined word "cumulative" in Paragraph 2 probably mean?
A. process of gaining knowledge or skill by doing and seeing things
B. having to do with comparison
C. having ability to do what is needed
D. increasing in amount by one addition after another
6. A good learner is one who ________ according to the passage.
A. never permits himself to make mistakes
B. can learn something from the mistakes he makes
C. follows the goals that other persons set for themselves
D. can get to know his classmates and doesn't take his teachers' advice
7. What would be the best title for the passage?
A. Tips on studying a foreign language.
B. Advice on how to learn grammar.
C. Suggestions for studying vocabulary effectively.
D. How to make yourself comfortable in the classroom.
【解题导语】
本文说明了学习一门语言并不是那么困难，文中作者提出了一些好的建议，看后，你会从
中得到一些启发。
【答案与简析】
5．D．猜词悟义题。从上下文看，下文的“不要把语言学习聚积在周末，每次学习一两个小
时”表明该词的含义是 D，不间断地每次学一点。
6．B．细节理解题。本文最后一段说，“把完美主义留在门口，允许自己犯错误并从中学到
知识”。
7．A．主旨要义题。全文介绍语言学习的一些好办法，如每天学习不间断，每节课不拉下，
积极参与课堂训练，培养好的学习态度等，因此本题选 A 作为全文的标题。
(C)
For one thing, tightness in the job market seems to have given men an additional motive to
take jobs where they can find them. Although female dominated office and service jobs for the
most part rank lower in pay and status, “they’re still there,” says June O’Neill, director of program
and policy research at the institute. Traditionally male blue collar jobs, meanwhile, “aren’t
increasing at all.”
At the same time, she says, “The outlooks of young people are different.” Younger men with
less rigid views on what compose male or female work “may not feel there’s such a stigma（侮辱）
to work in a female dominated field.”
Although views have softened, men who cross the sexual segregation（隔离）line in the job
market may still face discrimination and ridicule（嘲笑）. David Anderson, a 36—year—old
former high school teacher, says he found secretarial work “a way out of teaching and into the
business world.” He had applied for work at 23 employment agencies for “management training
jobs that didn’t exist,” and he discovered that “the best skill I had was being able to type 70 words
a minute.”
He took a job as a secretary to the marketing director of a New York publishing company.
But he says he could feel a lot of people wondering what I was doing there and if something was
wrong with me.
Mr. Anderson’s boss was a woman. When she asked him to fetch coffee, he says, “the other
secretaries’ eyebrows went up.” Sales manager who came in to see his boss, he says, “couldn’t
quite believe that I could and would type, take dictation, and answer the phones.”
Males sometimes find themselves mistaken for higher status professionals. Anthony Shee, a
flight attendant with US Air Inc., has been mistaken for a pilot. Mr. Anderson, the secretary, says
he found himself being “treated in executive tones whenever I wore a suit.”
In fact, the men in traditional female jobs often move up the ladder fast. Mr. Anderson
actually worked only seven months as a secretary. Then he got a higher—level, better—paying job
as a placement counselor at an employment agency. “I got a lot of encouragement to advance,” he
says, “including job tips from male executives who couldn’t quite see me staying a secretary.”
Experts say, for example, that while men make up only a small fraction of elementary school
teachers, a disproportionate（不成比例）number of elementary principals are men. Barbara
Bergmann, an economist at the University of Maryland who has studied sex segregation at work,
believes that’s partly because of “sexism in the occupational structure” and partly because men
have been raised to assert themselves and to assume responsibility. Men may also feel more
compelled than women to advance, she suspects（猜想）.
8. According to the passage, which statement is NOT true?
A. Men have taken jobs in female dominated careers because these jobs were available.
B. Physical labor jobs were not increasing.
C. Men have taken jobs in female—dominated careers because these jobs pay more.
D. Although the jobs in female—dominated careers pay lower, men still take them.
9. The second paragraph suggests that _________.
A. young people have more rigid ideas about male or female work than their parents do
B. both young people and parents have more rigid ideas about male or female work than their
parents do
C. parents have less rigid ideas about male or female work than their children do
D. young people have less rigid ideas about male or female work than their parents do
10. David Anderson says _________.
A. men make better secretaries than women do
B. he received encouragement and acceptance from the women secretaries
C. he encountered some discrimination and ridicule when he was working as a secretary
D. men can do well in a female—dominated field?
11. Why was Anthony Shee, a flight attendant with US Air Inc., mistaken for a pilot?
A. Because men in women dominated fields sometimes find themselves mistaken for higher
status professionals.
B. Because he told people he was a pilot instead of a flight attendant.
C. Because he wants to be a pilot.
D. Because he always wore a pilot’s uniform.
12. According to the article, which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. Women are more assertive than men at work..
B. Men are more assertive（自信）than women at work.
C. Men have traditionally been raised to assume more responsibility than women have.
D. Men feel more compelled than women to advance.
【解题导语】
随着就业市场的越来越紧张，男性开始从事通常是女性才从事的职业，尽管这个领域的工
作的薪水和社会地位都较低。对于这种现象，年纪大的人的反映比年轻人的反映要强烈。
虽然现在情况有所改善，但是这样的男性仍然面临着许多困难。
【答案与简析】
8. C。细节辨别题。文章第一段对于妇女所从事的职业有这样一句话：Although
female dominated office and service jobs for the most part rank lower in pay and status,
“they’re still there,” says June O’Neill, ... 从这句话我们可以看出妇女从事的职业，其
薪水和社会地位都较低，尽管如此男人们仍然留在这个领域，而 C 项所说男人们从
事妇女统治的职业是因为薪水较高明显与此不相符，因而符合题意，是本题的正确答
案。句意“根据短文，下列叙述不正确的是哪一项?”
9. D。句意理解题。年青人和父母亲对男性化工作和女性化工作的态度，文章在其第二段中
给予了说明：Younger men with less rigid view on what constitutes male or female work
“may not feel there’s such a stigma to working in a female dominated field.”由此可见年
青人与父母亲相比对从事女性化职业的态度较为和缓些，因此本题的正确答案应为 D
项。句意“第二段提到年轻人与他们的父母相比对从事女性化职业的态度较为缓和
些。”
10. C。判断题。本题答案的依据在文章第三段。文章在第三段就阐明：尽管观点已缓和，
但男人们跨越性别界限而从事某项工作仍然会面对社会歧视和嘲笑。(Although views
have softened, men who cross the sexual segregation line in the job market may still face
discrimination and ridicule.)接着就举出了戴维·安德森的例子。举事例是为了说明观
点，因此戴维·安德森虽未直接说出此话，其意已是如此，故 C 项为本题的正确答案。
句意“戴维·安德森说当他从事秘书工作的时候，他遇到了一些歧视和嘲笑。”
11. A。句意理解题。文章第六段开头第一句话说明了为什么错认为 Anthony Shee 是个飞行
员了，其原因就在于 Males sometimes find themselves mistaken for higher status
professionals.而飞行员的社会地位要高于服务员，因此本题的正确答案应该是 A 项“因
为在妇女统治的领域内工作的男人有时会发现他们被误认为从事地位较高的职业”。
句意“为什么 Anthony Shee，美国航空公司的机上服务生，被误认为是飞行员?”
12. B。是非辨别题。文章在最后一段这样说到：... while men make up only a small fraction of
elementary school teachers, a disproportionate number of elementary principals are men.产
生这一现象的原因 ... partly because men have been raised to assert themselves and to
assume responsibility.(部分是因为男人们被选拔出来以表现自己并承担责任。)由此可
推断男人们并不擅长表现自己，必须要提供给予机会，而且 Men may also feel more
compelled than women to advance ... 因此 B 项陈述“在工作中男人比女人更自信”与此
不符，但符合题意，应是本题的正确答案。句意“根据短文，下列叙述不正确的是哪
一项?”
(D)
Five computers sit in Yan Nuo's bedroom and his mobile phone and pocket PC constantly
ring, keeping him running to schedule. It might look like this 18—year—old doesn’t get out of the
house much. But look a little closer and you’ll see that this Senior 3 computer expert has some
impressive（令人吃惊的）international connections. Although he still goes to Shantou Jianshan
High School, Yan often gives speeches to university students on computer software. Last April, he
flew to Seattle, US, for a meeting at Microsoft’s head office.
In 2003 he became Microsoft’s youngest Most Vailuable Professional (MVP) in Asia. He
earned this award by answering over 2,000 emails about computer problems in 2003. He has
continued to provide non—profit technology support to Microsoft software users this year.
Despite being busy with schoolwork, Yan spends up to three hours a day working on his
computer.
Although some might think Yan has no time to relax he is quite happy and says he also likes
to bowl（打保龄球）and read. He can afford to relax. While his classmates work hard and worry
about where they will go to university, Yan already has two offers from American universities. He
is still waiting for a reply from MIT（麻省理工学院）
。
Unlike most teenagers, Yan makes detailed plans for everything in advance. He has clear
targets and never wastes time. Yan got his own computer at nine. From that time he fell in love
with the machine and began to study it. At 16 he became a certificated（有证书的）software
engineer and programmer（程序员）. His first book was published in June. He is planning to
publish another book in China and around the world this year. He also writes for the Microsoft
China Community websits. While many teenagers play computer games that allow them to dream
of opening their own companies and become a millionaire, Yan is already on his way down that
road.
13. How long has Yan Nuo studied computers?
A. Nine years.
B. Two years.
C. Eighteen years.
D. Seven years.
14. Which is the right order for Yan’s experience?
a. He got his own computer at nine.
b. He got his certification of software engineer and programmer.
c. He became Microsoft’s youngest Most Valuable Professional in Asia.
d. He is still a student in Shantou Jianshan High Schoo.
A. a,c,b,d
B. b,a,c,d
C. a,b,c,d
D. d,a,c,b
15. Why has Yan been more successful than others at the same age?
A.Because he always makes detailed plans for everything he wants to do.
B.Because he is smart and diligent.
C. Because he has clear aims and never wastes time.
D. All of the above.
16. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. He can go to university in America if he wants to.
B. He is eager to get the offer from MIT.
C. He has got offers from two American universities including MIT.
D He is a student in a high school.
【答案与简析】
13. A
计算推理题。第一段提到“It might look like this 18—year—old doesn’t get out of the
house much.”和最后一段提到“Yan got his own computer ．
．
． to study it.”，可知
答案。
综合推理题（排序题）
。根据文章内容可知他先在 9 岁拥有自己的电脑，再开始研
14.C
究并取得软件工作师和程序员的证书，接着成为最年轻最有价值的电脑专业人才，
最后我们知道他仍然是名中学生。注意：做排序题时，首先要确定首尾动作和两个
相邻动作，然后在整体验证。
概括归纳题。文章最后一段“Yan makes detailed plans for．．
．．He has clear targets．
．
．
”
15.
以及“Despite being busy with schoolwork, ．
．． on his computer.”可知他是一个很
有计划，很勤奋也不浪费时间的人。
辨别正误题。根据第三段内容“Yan already has two offers from American universities. He
16.
is still waiting for a reply from MIT”可知答案。
(E)
Charlotte Hughes was born in England on August 2nd, 1877, the day Alexander Graham Bell
started his first telephone company. She has traveled by horse-drawn carriage and Concorde, and
seen the birth of the phonograph, the fax machine and the first test-tube baby.
“Healthy eating has a lot to do with living a long and honest life,” she said yesterday at the
nursing home where she lives in Redcar, Cleveland, as she tucked into a breakfast of bacon and
eggs.
Hughes spent her working years from the age of thirteen as a teacher. She did not marry until
sixty-three. “You were not allowed to teach and marry,” she explained on her last birthday.
“Teaching was the best paid job and I had no intention of giving it up.” Her husband was an army
captain and they were together for forty years before he died at 103.
Hughes has watched the passing of twenty-two prime ministers. She is believed to be the
second oldest person in the world, two years younger than Jeanne Louise Calment, a French
woman. Calment only recently gave up cigarettes, but still enjoys chocolate.
Hughes believes she has had a long life because of her strong moral code. She is worried
about the values of people today. Surrounded by cards and framed telegrams, she anticipates
seeing at least one more Olympic games and receiving many more royal greetings. She said,
“Hopefully there will be a lot more messages from the Queen yet, as I think I will go on to be at
least 120.”
17. The main idea of the first paragraph is that ____________.
A. Charlotte Hughes took an important part in all these inventions
B. Alexander Graham Bell was a good friend of Charlotte Hughes’
C. Charlotte Hughes lived a long life
D. Charlotte Hughes liked to travel by riding on the horse
18. In which year did Charlotte Hughes get married?
A. 1940.
B. 1930.
C. 1963.
D. 1917.
19. According to Charlotte Hughes, she lived a long life just because _____________.
A. cigarettes and chocolates were of great benefit to a person’s health
B. she liked her job and married late
C. she wanted to do something for the Queen
D. she had healthy eating and strong moral standards
20. Which of the following is Not True?
A. Charlotte Hughes didn’t want to marry because she liked teaching.
B. The Queen will send greetings to the people who celebrate their birthdays.
C. Charlotte Hughes’ husband once served in the army.
D. Charlotte Hughes had a strong belief that she would live longer.
【解题导语】
本文主要介绍的是长寿老人 Charlotte Hughes 的一些事情。
【答案与简析】
17．C 主旨题。
根据第一段的意思，第一段主要讲的是 Charlotte Hughes 长寿，所以她
经历了一些重大的事情。易误选 A。
18．A 计算题。 1877 年生，63 岁结婚，故在 1940 年。
19．D 事实理解题。 根据 Charlotte Hughes 的叙述，长寿的秘诀是饮食习惯和对生活的
态度。文章第二段 Healthy eating has a lot to do with living a long and honest life 和最
后一段 she has had a long life because of her strong moral code 可以看出答案。
20．B 事实理解题。 文章最后一段 receiving many more royal greetings. She said, “Hopefully
there will be a lot more messages from the Queen yet 有说明。
【第三组】
（A）
The Swedes are among the most charming people in Europe. Their charm comes from a
contradiction (in the national character. They are very conservative in social relationships. When
meeting friends and business partners, their behavior is governed by strict social standards. At the
same time they are one of the most intellectually progressive people in the world. They are always
open to new ideas.
All social occasions in Sweden are decided by rules and traditions. These traditions are
expressed in customs made up of formal bows, handshakes, and greetings. When a visitor enters a
Swedish home, he must be received with a “Welcome”. When he leaves, his host will tell him,
“You are welcome to come again.” These charming phrases are an important part of Swedish
social life.
Another attractive part is the Swedish acceptance of modern technological equipment. A
traveler never needs to search for a telephone in Sweden. Telephone booths are placed along the
main streets and highways. In churches, for example, long benches are equipped with hearing aids
for people who may have trouble of hearing. Swedish homes are among the best equipped ones in
the world and travelers to Sweden find their journeys are made easy by the use of the most
efficient modern equipment.
The Swedes are efficient and very capable people. Punctuality is more than a virtue to them.
It is a rule of life. This is their respect for their friends and especially for the visitors to their
country. At whatever cost to themselves, they take care not to give another person the smallest
discomfort.
1. What does the underlined word “ contradiction” probably mean?
A. 本质
B. 矛盾
C. 和睦
2. When a visitor goes to a Swedish family, _____________.
A. he will be well received
B. he will be treated badly
C. the hostess will see you off at the airport
D. he can make telephone calls for free
D. 变异
3. From the passage we can learn that ______________.
A. the Swedes are strange but warmhearted
B. the Swedes pay more attention to their behaviors than modern equipment
C. the Swedish homes will probably be well equipped
D. the Swedes are punctual for their friends and relatives only
4. What is the best title for this passage?
A. The relationship between Swedes
B. The typical Swedish life
C. Funny Swedes, great people
D. The charming characters of Swedes
【解题导语】
本文主要介绍的是瑞典人性格中的两个决然不同的一面（保守和开放）
。
【答案与简析】
1．B 猜测词义题
根据上下文，瑞典人性格中两者并存，但又相差很大，故应为“矛盾”
。
本题易误选 A。
2．A 细节理解题 从第二段中的 When a visitor enters a Swedish home, he must be received
with a “Welcome”. When he leaves, his host will tell him, “You are welcome to come
again.”可以看出。
3．C 事实理解题
从文章第三段可以总结出。
4．D 主旨大意题 文章主要讲述的是瑞典人的性格的两个方面。
（B）
The trees arrived by post, a half-open parcel. They were thin and straight, rather like arrows
but with shiny leaves at one end and muddy roots at the other. Terry and his father took them
down the garden and planted them in their prepared places. Terry had great hopes of the middle
tree, now set in the holy(神圣的) spot where Henry, his cat, nm over, had been laid to rest a year
before. The nine trees made a line down one side of the garden, where there was already a
fifteen-foot stonewall between the garden and the back yards of the Jenkins Street houses.
“Why do we want a row of trees as well as a wall？” Terry asked his father. His father said,
“For privacy(隐私). These trees grow very thickly.”
His father’s love of privacy often puzzled Terry, but he could see part of the point here. The
houses in Jenkins Street were on higher ground. His friend Leslie lived in No. 12, and Leslie had
only to stand on a box to see right over the wall.
“Will the trees grow higher than the wall?” Terry asked then.
“Oh yes, twice as high if not more. It’ll take a few years but they’ll grow.”
So they were going to have nine trees thirty feet tall, to keep them from being overlooked.
Terry wondered why this was so desirable. He said, “Our garden is very pretty. Why can’t we let
the people over the wall?”
“No, I don’t think it would be,” his father said. “Yet some people might feel a bit less happy
if they can always see a good thing that isn’t theirs. We don’t want to be the cause of any jealousy
if we can help it.”
This consideration for other people’s feelings must be a grown-up thing, Terry thought. It
was not his idea of how to nm things. He said, “These trees—it seems a lot of trouble just to stop
people being jealous of us.”
His father looked at him. “It isn’t much trouble, Terry,” he said. “These trees will grow
without help from us. They’ll be beautiful. And listen to them. You can already hear them
whispering to us in the wind.”
5．The following statements are all right EXCEPT ________.
A. the stone wall between the garden and their neighbours was 15 feet tall.
B. Terry’s house,which was in Jenkins Street, was very beautiful
C. Terry’s father believed their trees would grow at least twice as high as the wall
D. Terry’s father wanted to have their own privacy so he planted nine trees
6. What can we know about Terry’s cat?
A. It often ran around the trees in the garden.
B. It got killed in an accident.
C. It often lay under the middle tree.
D. It used to rest under the middle tree.
7. We know from the text that Terry’s father is a man who __________.
A. was proud of his garden and liked showing it off
B. didn't quite like his neighbors
C. preferred to keep his privacy
D. felt jealous of the people in Jenkins Street
8. What didn’t Terry agree with?
A. Letting their neighbors know wht happened in their garden.
B. The way their neighbors treated his family.
C. His father’s concern for people’s feelings.
D. His father’s effort of hiding the trees in the garden.
【解题导语】
本篇是关于人际关系的文章。（较难）
【答案与简析】
5． B。辨别正误题。Jenkins Street 出现在首段末句和第三段中间一句，从这两句可知 Terry
一家和这条街为邻，而非住这条街，所以 B 项错误。
6． B。综合推理题。Terry 对中间的树满怀希望，是因为它种在了神圣的地方(now set in the
holy spot)，之所以神圣，是因为被压死(run over)猫一年前被埋在那儿。Where 引导的
定语从句修饰 spot，“his cat”是“Henry”的同位语，“run over”是过去分词作状语，“had
been laid there to rest a year before”中的“rest”与汉语“安息”类似。这种修辞法，体现了
Terry 对猫的感情和怀念。
7． C。判断题。从文章第二、三段可以看出答案。
8． C。综合推理题。文中没有直接说明 Terry 不同意什么，但综合文中的事实：他不明白
为什么有了墙还要种树（第二段），不明白为什么不让别人看见（第五段），考虑别
人的感觉上大
人的事情（第七段），可以判断他不同意的是父亲总要考虑别人的
感觉。
(C)
How to beat a bad mood
Having one of those days or weeks when everything seems to annoy you? Even if you do
nothing about it, your bad mood will probably go awary after some time. But with a little effort,
you can forget it much faster, often within a day or two.
♥Walk it off
Exercise is the most popular bad-mood buster.A person who’s in a bad mood has low energy
and high tension.Taking a fast ten-minute walk, or taking some quick exercise can do wonders
towards changing that bad mood.
♥Tune it out
Listening to your favorite music for a while can also make tensions go away quickly, because
music starts associations with past positive experiences we’ve had.
♥Give yourself a pep talk
Stop and listen to what's on your mind.Bad moods are often started by too many negative
thoughts.Write them all down on paper; the pessimistic（悲观的）messages you’ve been giving
yourself and then give optimistic answers.
♥Reduce your stress
Relaxation techniques are wonderful mood-lifters.These include deep breathing,stretching
and visualizing（想象）, all of which sound complicated but aren't.One easy way to visualize;
close your eyes and picture a favorite place, such as the beach..Another simple way to distress is
to make a to-do list.One reason for being in a bad mood is feeling you have mo options（选择权）.
By taking control over certain areas,You realize you're not helpless.You can make change in your
mood and life.
♥Avoid thing that won’t improve your mood
TV may not help much: You need to increase your energy level and stimulate your mind—
something that the tv show “neighbors” won’t do. And before you reach for that piece of cake and
coffee, think about how mood and food are linked. Sugar and caffeine contribute to depressed
moods. The better choice? Research shows that carbohydrates, such as potatoes and pasta,produce
a calming effect in people who have a desire for them.
9．We learn from the text that it might help rid us of a bad mood _______.
A. to do nothing about it
B. to take a long walk on the beach
C. to do some exercises with light music
D. to talk it to neighbours
10．Why it is suggested that you close your eyes and picture the beach?
A. It is not complicated to do so
B. It is an area to be easily controlled
C. It helps beat a bad mood
D. It brings us a new technique
11．TV may not improve your mood because _______.
A. it sometimes shows what happens around you
B. it keeps you stay unmoved
C. it reminds you of eating and drinking
D. it produces a calming effect.
12．This text most probably appears in _______.
A. a book on physical exercises
B. a doctor’s handbook
C. a notice
D. a magazine
【解题导语】
这是一篇关于养生之道的文章。
【答案与简析】
9． C。根据文中“Exercise is the most popular…Taking a fast ten-minute walk, or taking some
quick exercise can do wonders towards changing that bad mood.还有 Listening to your
favorite music for a while….”因此帮助改变坏情绪的方法是听着音乐做一些锻炼。
10． C。闭上眼睛，想象美妙的景象，如美丽的沙滩，这是一种放松，休闲的好方法，这
样能使人心境平和，心情放松。文中还有“Relaxation techniques are wonderful mood—
ifters”可知答案是 C。
11． B。本题易误选 A。根据文中最后一段说明，抵制坏情绪的方法有多种，但是电视机
不在其中。TV may not help much. 从低落的情绪中走出来需要的是增加活力，缴活情
绪，而“…the TV show ‘Neighbours’ won’t do”电视很难起到这样的作用．
12． D。本题易误选 A、B。从内容和形式上看，这是一篇让人们了解一些常识的文章，它
的出处很可能是在一本杂志上，关于养生之道．
(D)
All of us can change our behaviour to fit different situations. We are often noisy at weddings
and sympathetic at funerals. Our table manners are not the same at a picnic as in a restaurant.
When speaking with people, we feel free to interrupt close friends but tend to listen to our
employers until they finish. If we don’t make such adjustments (调整), we are likely to get into
trouble.
From one point of view, language is behaviour; it is part of the way we act. And like every
other kind of behaviour, it must be adjusted to fit different contexts or situations where it is used.
For instance, among people who are used to a writing system, there is one adjustment everyone
makes: they speak one way and write another way. Speakers can stop in the middle of a
conversation and repeat themselves if they sense that they are being misunderstood; writers often
go back over their writing to see that it is clear, which is, however, before the communication
occurs. Once writers have passed their writing to someone else, they cannot change it.
Speakers can use intonation (语调) , stress (重音), and pauses to help make their meaning
clear. A simple sentence like “John kept my pencil” may mean, by a shift in the stress and
intonation patterns, either John rather than someone else kept the pencil, or John kept rather than
just borrowed the pencil, or it was a pencil rather than anything else that he kept. Writers, on the
other hand, have their special tools of various punctuation (标点) marks, capitals, italic (斜体)
letters, and so on. Skillful writers could also change the word order of a sentence. So “Cindy only
had five dollars” could be turned into “Cindy had only five dollars” to mean Cindy had no more
than five dollars, or into “Only Cindy had five dollars” to mean nobody but Cindy had five dollars.
13．The main purpose of the first paragraph in this passage is to _________.
A．summarize the passage
B．introduce the topic of the passage
C．use examples to illustrate the first sentence of the paragraph
D．use examples to illustrate the last sentence of the paragraph
14．According to Paragraph 1, we must adjust our behavior because _______.
A．we should appear happy at weddings and sad at funerals
B．we should listen to our employers more than to our friends
C．our manners should be different in different places
D．our behavior should be acceptable to others around
15．According to Paragraph 2, speakers and writers differ mainly in ________．
A．the amount of time they spend on the communication
B．the number of times they stop while communicating
C．how they can make sure that they are not misunderstood
D．when they decide to begin the communication
16．According to Paragraph 3, speakers can use such tools as ________ make their meaning clear．
A．intonation patterns and word order
B．stress patterns and word order
C．pauses and punctuation marks
D．pauses and shifts in stress patterns
【解题导语】
本篇谈论语言也是一种行为，需要随时调整。
【答案与简析】
13． B。推断题。根据全文结构第一段是为了引出文章主题；语言也是一种行为方式。需
随时根据情景作出调整。本题学生易误选 C（误选率约 50%）。
14． D。推理判断题。根据第一段第一句“…to fit different situations.”可看出答案。
15． A。归纳题。根据第二段的表述，可知演讲者与作家的最大区别在于前者随时可修正
自己的话，以防听者误解，而作家一旦形成文字（书本），则难以随时修正澄清自己的
思想。本题学生易误选 C。
16． D。细节理解题。根据最后一段第二句可看出答案。本题学生易误选 A。
(E)
Dear Juliet, Paul and all the stall in ACE,
How is everything going? I have been in Leeds for more than 3 months. I miss you all so
much during this time, especially at this turning of the year. I still remember the Christmas and
New Year party we had together last year. It is a pity that I cannot celebrate this great festival with
you this yea, but I hope I can share my happiness with you through this letter.
After I entered in the British University, I realized that the foundation course I have taken is
extremely important and helpful. Actually, most of the content of my present module has already
been covered by IFY. Therefore, it is not difficult to follow the lectures and tutorials. Compared to
the other Chinese students who took the foundation course in Britain, we are in a better stage in
terms of both academic English and the knowledge of relevant subjects. More importantly, the
IFY course has fully prepared us for the new style of study here. I would like to thank Juliet, Paul,
Net, Scott and Chris with all my heart, because without your help, I wouldn’t be able to cope with
the study in Britain.
I would also like to thank Cynthia, Sophia, Cathy and all the other staff in Qingdao ACE
Programme. Thanks for your help in the last year, and thanks for your advice on my choice of
university. It is you who make studying abroad possible for me.
The last one year’s study in IFY course was one of my most pleasant memories. While
coping with the challenges of life in Britain, I always think back to the time when I was with you.
I cannot forget every lectures and tutorials , and I cannot forget the times that we played together.
You are not only my teachers, but also my good friends. I will miss you all. Hope I can see you
when I go back to China in summer.
Wish you every success in your life and keep good mood every day!
Merry Christmas and Happy New Year!
Love,
Phoebe
17. This letter was written by _______.
A. a Chinese student now in China
B. a Chinese student now in Britain
C. a Britain student now in China
D. a Britain student in Britain
18. According to the letter, IFY is a kind of ______.
A. a course opened in British universities
B. a course opened only in summer
C. a foundation course taken before going to British universities
D. a foundation course taken while in British universities
19. The underlined phrase“cope with”can be replaced by “_______”.
A. start with
B. deal with
C. go on with
D. go with
20. The letter is written with a chief tone （语调）of being ______.
A. happy
B. thankful
C. sorry
D. respectful
【解题导语】
本文是关于一个身在英国学习的中国学生写给自己在中国受培训时的外籍教师的一封信，
表达了自己对老师的真诚祝福和美好愿望。
【答案与简析】
17.
B。语篇推断题。由第二段的 Compared to the other Chinese students who took the
foundation course in Britain,…和第四段的 Hope I can see you when I go back to China in
summer.可得出答案。
18. C。细节判断题。由第二段可推知，IFY 是一种进入英国大学之前得预备科目。此题易
误选 D。
19.
B。 词义判断题。由…because without your help, I wouldn’t be able to cope with the study
in Britain.这里知作者在表明没有老师得帮助，自己无法应对英国得学习，因此 cope with
得意思与 deal with 相近。此题较难，学生易误选 C、D。
20.
B。态度判断题。看完这封信，可以看出作者对自己老师得思念与感激之情，作者始终
是以感激得心情来写这封信得，因此 B 为最佳。
（六）
【第一组】
（A）
What would you think of this lady's physical attractiveness if she exhibited bad personal
characteristics? If you exhibit positive characteristics such as honesty and helpfulness, the chances
are that you will be perceived(感觉) as a good looking person, for a new study has found that the
perception of physical attractiveness is influenced by a person's personality.
The study, led by Gary W. Lewandowski, Jr, found that people who exhibit negative
characteristics, such as unfairness and rudeness, appear to be less physically attractive to
observers.
In the study, the participants viewed photographs of opposite-sex individuals and rated them
for attractiveness before and after being provided with information on personality characteristics.
After personality information was received, participants also rated the desirability of each
individual as a friend and as a dating partner.
Information on personality was found to significantly alter perceived desirability, showing
that cognitive(认知的)processes change judgments of attractiveness. "Perceiving a person as
having a desirable personality makes the person more suitable in general as a close relationship
partner of any kind," said Lewandowski.
The findings show that a positive personality leads to greater desirability as a friend, which
leads to greater desirability as a romantic partner and, eventually, to being viewed as more
physically attractive.
The findings remained consistent regardless of how "attractive" the individual was initially
perceived to be, or of the participants' current relationship status or commitment level with a
partner.
"This research provides a more positive alternative by reminding people that personality goes
a long way toward determining your attractiveness; it can even change people's impressions of
how good looking you are," said Lewandowski.
1. What is the topic sentence of the paragraph?
A. What would you think of this lady's physical attractiveness if she exhibited bad personal
characteristics?
B. … a new study has found that the perception of physical attractiveness is influenced by a
person's personality.
C. The findings show that a positive personality leads to greater desirability as a friend
D. The findings remained consistent regardless of how "attractive" the individual was initially
perceived to be
2. According to the passage, the person who is _______ looks more physically attractive.
A. rude
B. unfair
C. helpful
D. selfish
3. This passage is most likely to be found in______.
A. a story- book
B. an entertainment magazine
C. an educational magazine
D. a research report
4. How many times did the participants rate photographs for attractiveness in the study?
A. only once
B. at least twice
C. at least three times
D. the writer doesn’t tell us
5. According to the passage, if a person has a positive personality, he or she will be ______.
A. desired to be a friend
B. designed to be a romantic partner
C. thought of being more physically attractive
D. all the above
Key: 1-5 BCDBD
【解题导语】本文讲述了一项最新研究发现，一个人的性格会影响别人对他或她的外表吸
引力的看法。
【长难句理解】
1. If you exhibit positive characteristics such as honesty and helpfulness, the chances are that
you will be perceived(感觉) as a good looking person, for a new study has found that the
perception of physical attractiveness is influenced by a person's personality.
本句为复合句。the chances are that 中的 that 引导的是表语从句。be influenced by 被……
影响。本句意思为：如果你表现出诚实和乐于助人等美好品质，那么别人会觉得你的
外表也很迷人，因为一项最新研究发现，一个人的性格会影响别人对他或她的外表吸
引力的看法。
2. In the study, the participants viewed photographs of opposite-sex individuals and rated
them for attractiveness before and after being provided with information on personality
characteristics.
本句为复合句。rate 评价，鉴定等级。be provided with 提供有。本句意思是：研究对象首
先观看了一组异性的照片，随后分别在得知照片中人物的性格特点之前和之后给他们
的外表评分。
3. Perceiving a person as having a desirable personality makes the person more suitable in
general as a close relationship partner of any kind
perceive sb. as 感觉某人…… ；in general 通常，大体上。本句意思是：总的来说，
如果人们认为一个人的性格较好，那么他们会觉得无论与这个人做朋友还是做恋人都
更合适。
4. The findings show that a positive personality leads to greater desirability as a friend,
which leads to greater desirability as a romantic partner and, eventually, to being
viewed as more physically attractive.
本句为复合句。 定语从句，which 引导的非限制性定语从句，修饰前面的句子，which 在
从句中作主语。本句意思是：研究结果表明，人们更期望与性格较好的人交朋友、成
为恋人，从而会认为他们的外表更迷人。
【答案与简析】
1. B
主旨大意题。根据全文来看，本文讲述了一项最新研究发现，一个人的性格会影响
别人对他或她的外表吸引力的看法。所以 B 项应为全文的主题句。
2. C
细节理解题。根据第一段 If you exhibit positive characteristics such as honesty and
helpfulness, the chances are that you will be perceived(感觉) as a good looking person,
for a new study has found that the perception of physical attractiveness is influenced by a
person's personality.可知，如果你乐于助人，人们会认为你的外表更迷人。
3. D
4. B
推理判断题。根据文章内容来看，本文应是一篇研究报告。
细节理解题。根据第三段 In the study, the participants viewed photographs of
opposite-sex individuals and rated them for attractiveness before and after being provided
with information on personality characteristics. 研究对象首先观看了一组异性的照片，
随后分别在得知照片中人物的性格特点之前和之后给他们的外表评分。可见，对照
片至少评价了两次。
5. D
细节理解题。根据倒数第三段可知，A、B、C 三项都正确，即 D 为正确答案。
http://
（B）
More surprising,perhaps, than the present difficulties of traditional marriage is the fact that
marriage itself is alive and thriving.As Skolnick notes,Americans are a marrying people: relative
to Europeans, more of us marry and we marry at a younger age. Moreover, after a drop in the early
1915s,the rate of marriage in the United States is now increasing. Even the divorce rate needs to
be taken in this pro
marriage context: some 30 percent of divorced individuals remarry. Thus,
marriage remains by far the preferred way of life for the vast majority of people in our society.
What has changed more than marriage is the nuclear family. Twenty five years ago, the
typical American family was made up of a husband, a wife, and two or three children.Now,there
are many marriages in which couples have decided not to have any children. And there are many
marriages where at least some of the children are from the wife’s former marriage, or the
husband’s, or both.Sometimes these children spend all of their time with one parent from the
former marriage; sometimes they are shared between the two former spouses (配偶).
Thus, one can find every type of family arrangement. There are marriages without children;
marriages with children from only the persent marriage; marriages with “full
from both the present and former marriages; marriages with “full
time” children
time” children from the
present marriage and “part time” children from former marriages. There are stepfathers,
stepmothers, half brothers, and half sisters.It is not all that unusual for a child to have four
parents and eight grandparents! These are great changes from the traditional nuclear family.But
even so, even in the midst of all this, there remains one constant: Most Americans spend most of
their adult lives married.
6. By calling American marrying people the author means that .
A.Americans are more traditional than Europeans
B.Americans expect more out of marriage than Europeans
C.there are more married couples in U.S.A. than in Europe
D.more of Americans,as compared with Europeans, prefer marriage and they accept it at a
younger age
7. Divorced Americans
.
A. prefer the way they live
B. will most likely remarry
C. have lost faith in marriage
D. are the vast majority of people in the society
8. Which of the following can be presented as the picture of today’s American families?
A.Many types of family arrangements have become socially acceptable.
B.A typical American family is made up of only a husband and a wife.
C.Americans prefer to have more kids than before.
D.There are no nuclear families any more.
9. “Part- time”children
.
A. spend some of their time with their half brothers and some of their time with their half-sisters
B. spend all of their time with one parent from the previous marriage
C. are shared between the two former spouses
D. cannot stay with “full-time” children
10. Even though great changes have taken place in the structure of American families, .
A. the vast majority of Americans still have faith in marriage
B. the functions of marriage remain unchanged
C. most Americans prefer a second marriage
D. most divorced Americans would rather not remarry
【答案与解析】
6.D
根据第一段第二句，“As Skolnick notes, Americans are a marrying people:relative to
Europeans, more of us marry and we marry at a younger age”, D 为正确答案。
7.B 第一段最后一句明确指出，“大约 30%的离婚者再婚。我们社会绝对大多数人更喜欢过
婚姻生活。”A、C、D 的表述与事实不符。
8.A 美国社会接受多种类型的家庭组合方式。文章第二、三段指出，目前美国家庭的组合
方式与传统的核心家庭相比发生了很大的变化。这种变化反映在孩子与家庭成员的关
系上。分析四个选项，B、D 与事实不符；家庭结构的变化不能说明传统的核心家庭
不存在了，因此 D 的观点太片面。
9.C “Part\|time children”是指父母离婚后由父母交替抚养的孩子。第二段最后一句指出了离
婚家庭的两种孩子，即“part\|time children”和“full\|time children”。根据第三段的描述，
“full\|time children” 是指夫妻双方目前的孩子，或目前与现父母住在一起的前婚的孩
子；“part\|time children” 则是由离婚父母交替抚养的孩子。由此判断，C 是正确的；
A、D 不对；B 所说的是“full\|time children”.
10.A 第一段最后一句和第三段最后一句为本文的主题句，即大多数美国人喜欢过婚姻生
活，而且过着婚姻生活。这是不变的事实（constant）。由此看出，美国人对婚姻是有
信心的。本文没有涉及 B 和 C 的观点。
http://
（C）
Boss Mum -- Chan Laiwa
Chan Laiwa, head of Fu Wah International Group (Hong Kong),
gestures at a press conference in Beijing in this November, 2006 file
photo.
Boss or parent? It's difficult to tell when Chan Laiwa sits with farmers on her new high-tech
farm or migrant worker
s at building sites, eating, talking and laughing
together.
Inside her company Fu Wah International Group (Hong Kong) the grandmotherly
chairwoman with a smile for everyone is called "Boss Mum" for her kindness and affability.
As a leading business figure, she has made the Forbes List of China Rich for the last three
years and served on various boards of Chinese philanthropies（慈善事业）.
Fu Wah is a private Hong Kong-registered multinational company established in 1988
involved in real estate development, the hotel business, tourism and electronics. The company's
key business is in Beijing, where fixed assets exceed 5 billion yuan (US$625 million).
The company is not only like a big family but has been praised by the government for its
contributions to society.
"I should be responsible for everybody around me," says Chan, 65, who believes the basic
responsibility for an entrepreneur is taking care of staff as well as corporate social responsibility.
As for her own family, Chan is married, with one son, two daughters and grandchildren.
After living in Hong Kong, she moved to Beijing and now lives in her Chinese Red Sandalwood
Museum. "Boss Mom" is low key about her contributions, saying, "It is a natural thing to give
money to those most in need."
The successful private businesswoman indicates that she does not keep track of how much
she spends on philanthropy..
11．Why can’t we tell whether Chan Laiwa is a boss or a parent? Because _______.
A. she looks like ordinary.
B. she is a successful entrepreneur as well as a kind grandmother.
C. she is more a kindly parent than a boss to her staff.
D. she looks like a farmer.
12．The underlined word “affability” is the closest in meaning to _______.
A. serious
B. respectable
C. admirable
D. pleasant
13．Chan Laiwa is a worthy woman mainly because ________.
A. she is on Forbes list of China Rich for the last three years
B. she is kindly t her staff as well as her relatives
C. she is responsible for her staff as well as social philanthropies
D. she is the only successful and oldest woman boss in business field
14．The sentence “Boss Mom is low key about her contributions” makes us think that ________.
A. she thinks it a duty to give away money to those in need
B. she is content with herself by giving money to those in need
C. she is determined to devote herself to social philanthropies
D. she thinks that contributions is a key toward success
15．This passage is taken from ________.
A. a magazine named China Women
B. the “People and Life” column of a newspaper
C. the magazine named Business World
D. E-newspapers
答案：
11．C 细节理解题。根据二、三段得出答案。
12．D 词义推测题。根据前文可知答案。
13．C 细节理解题。根据文章第四段可知答案。
14．A 句意理解题。根据倒数第二段 It is a natural thing to give money to those most in need.
可知答案。
15．D 细节反馈题。从文中图片下面的文字（click for more new photos）可以看出应该选
D（网络报纸）。
http://
（D）
What is a good education? The question is far from being answered. Once more, colleges
and universities are changing their programs: they drop "fun courses" and restart some of the
traditional subjects neglected (忽视) since the 1960s. Many great schools are again requiring the
students to take a number of classes in English, history, literature, the social sciences,
philosophy, the natural sciences, and art if they want to get a degree. Meanwhile, the experts are
trying to describe the good education of our time. Obviously the purely vocational training once
favored is not enough. But neither is the gentleman's education of the nineteenth century.
Educational programs must meet the demands of a modern world where men and women have
to work and to deal with big problems.
What, then, is a good education of this century? Some educators suggest that it should
include foreign languages and the study of foreign cultures; a mastery of English, including the
ability to write and speak well, because communications have become all-important in the
modern world, and also because "a person who doesn't speak and write clearly doesn't reason
clearly either"; some knowledge of the social sciences (sociology, psychology) that deal with
human relations and human problems; some basic knowledge of modern science, which would
enable future voters to be better informed about current problems like nuclear. Finally, many
educators insist that all college graduates should be familiar with computers and modern
information system since the educated professionals of tomorrow will have to understand their
machines. Is that all? "No, of course not." answer the educators. "We have not mentioned the
two great building blocks of education: history and literature!"
16. The best title for this passage might be _______.
A. Education
B. A Mastery of English
C. A Good Education
D. Something About Study
17. The underlined word "drop" in the first paragraph means _______.
A. desert
B. dislike
C. decline
D. neglect
18. The author thinks that the question about what a good education is _______.
A. has been answered fairly well
B. hasn't been put forward yet
C. has been dealt with successfully
D. has not been answered satisfactorily
19. Some educational experts believe a mastery of English should include the ability _______.
A. to read fast
B. to write and speak well
C. to write clearly and accurately
D. to listen and speak skillfully
20. Which of the following statements is not mentioned in the passage?
A. Educational programs must meet the demand of a modern world.
B. The students will not get a degree unless they take a number of classes in English,
history, literature, the social sciences, philosophy, the natural sciences and art.
C. A good education should include foreign language and the study of foreign culture.
D. Every student ought to take part in military training.
【答案及简析】
1-5 CADBD
C 主旨大意。纵观全文，不难发现作者围绕“What is a good education?”这一问题展开
16.
议论，而且在第一和第二自然段的首句明确交代这一主题。A 项扩大了话题范围，
文章不是泛泛谈论“教育”而是谈论“好教育”；B、D 两项概括片面。故正确答案 C。
17. A
词义猜测题。结合上下文分析，由上句的 change 和后面的 restart(重新开始)，可
以判断出“drop”应含有和“重新开始”相反的意思，desert“舍弃、遗弃”，dislike“不喜
欢、厌恶”，decline“下降、减少”，neglect“忽视”，故正确答案 A。
18. D
推理判断题。由文章第一段第二句“The question is far from being answered.”可知，
“这个问题远远没有得到回答”，以及文章最后一句话可知这一问题没有获得满意的
答案，所以正确答案 D。
细节理解题。由第二段“Some educators suggest that …a mastery of English, including
19. B
the ability to write and speak well, because communications have become all-important
in the modern world…”可以很容易地判断答案应是 B。
20. D 正误判断题。由第一段的尾句：Educational programs must meet the demands of a
modern world where men and women have to work and to deal with big problems.可知 A 项
正确；由第一段的 Many great schools are again requiring the students… if they want to get
a degree.可知 B 项正确；由第二段的 Some educators suggest that it should include foreign
languages and the study of foreign cultures 可知 C 项正确；D 项在文中没有涉及，故答
案D
【第二组】
http://
（A）
When we hear the words “college students”, we usually think of a young person between 18
and 22 years old. But in the U.S.A today, a college student often is much older. In fact, educators
say in the next few years colleges and universities may have more older part-time students than
traditional (传统的) full-time younger students.
Educators report a big increase in the number of Americans who attend college and university
classes in the evening or at night or weekends. Most of them are older than 25 years old and more
have full-time or part-time jobs. Many are in their thirties or forties.
Why are so many people deciding to spend their time and money in order to continue their
education? Most are doing it because they believe more education will help them to get a better
job. Some are industrial workers whose factories have closed. They are learning new skills to
prepare for other kinds of work. Some of the part-time students are not pleased with the jobs they
have. They are studying for new ones. Some have retired (退休) and are looking for new kinds of
work. Two of every three of the students older than 35 are women. Many of them are returning to
school after years of staying at home to care for children.
Are older students good students? Most teachers say yes. They say older students really want
to learn. They ask difficult questions and are not pleased with simple answers. They often get high
grades.
1. It’s said that in the next few years _________________.
A. students in colleges and universities will be much older
B. full-time students in colleges and universities will be even younger
C. American colleges and universities will take in part-time students equally
D.The number of older students will be greater than that of the younger ones
2. Judge which of the following is Not true according to the above passage.
A. It’s reported that a large number of Americans attend college or universities classes in their
spare time.
B. Most of them are over 25.
C. Most of them are without jobs.
D.The number of students in colleges and universities is reported to have gone up greatly.
3. Why are so many people deciding to go on with their education? Because___________.
A. Most of the Americans enjoy learning something new
B. Most of them believe : more education, better jobs
C. They have lost their jobs
D.They are tired of their jobs they have
4. “They often get high grades” means ____________.
A. they rise to high grades easily
B. they often get very good marks (分数)
C. they are more likely to receive a master’s or a doctor’s degree upon graduation
D. they often win high prize
5. What does the whole passage mainly tell us?
A. Why does so many older students go to college in America.
B. What older students in college can learn.
C. Older students are mostly good students
D. Higher education can help you get a good job.
【答案及简析】
1. C 推理判断题。从 In fact, educators say in the next few years colleges and universities may
have more older part-time students than traditional full-time younger students.我们可以得
此推理。
2. C 细节理解题。从 Most of them are older than 25 years old and more have full-time or
part-time jobs.我们知道，他们继续教育是为了得到一个比原来更好的工作，而不是没
有工作。
3. B 细节理解题。从 Most are doing it because they believe more education will help them to get
a better job.我们可以得此答案。
4. B 句意理解题。从 They ask difficult questions and are not pleased with simple answers.我们
可以知道，因为他们的努力，他们会得到很高的分数。
5. A 主旨大意题。文章首先提出了在美国很多工作了的人继续大学教育，接着文章分析了
原因。其他选项仅是细节。
http://
(B)
Does a drink a day keep heart attacks away? Over the past 20 years, numerous studies have
found that moderate alcohol consumption, say, one or two beers, glasses of wine or cocktails daily
helps to prevent coronary heart disease. Last week a report in the New England Journal of
Medicine added strong new evidence in suport of that theory. More important, the work provided
the first solid indiction of how alcohol works to protect the heart.
In the study, researchers from Boston’s Brigham and Women’s Hospital and Harvard Medical
School compared the drinking habits of 340 men and women who had suffered recent heart attack
with those of healthy people of the same age and sex. The scientists found that people who sip one
to three drinks a day are about half as likely to suffer heart attacks as nondrinkers are. The
apparent source of the protection: those who drank alcohol had higher blood levels of
high density lipoproteins, the so
called good cholesterol, which is known to prevent heart
disease.
As evidence has mounted, some doctors have begun recommending a daily drink for patients
of heart diseases. But most physicians are not ready to reommend a regular happy hour for
everyone. The risks of teetotalling(绝对戒酒) are nothing compared with the dangers of too much
alcohol, including high blood pressure, strokes and liver troubles—not to mention violent
behaviour and traffic accidents. Moreover, some studies suggest that even moderate drinking
may increase the incidence of breast and colon cancer. Until there is evidence that the benefits of a
daily dose of alcohol outweigh the risks, most people won’t be able to take a doctor’s prescription
to the neighbourhood bar or liquor store.
6.The medical article quoted in the first paragraph indicates
.
A. the way in which alcohol can help the heart
B. how a couple of cocktails daily can stop heart problems
C. why alcoholic drinks are dangerous to one’s health
D. that reports on the advantages of alcohol were misled
7. Experiments showed that nondrinkers had .
A. larger amounts of good cholesterol
B. smaller amounts of good cholesterol
C. higher blood pressure
D. lower blood pressure
8. According to the passage, moderate drinking
A. is recommended by most doctors for heart patients
B. should be allowed on prescription
C. is still not medically advisable
D. is not related to liver problems
.
9. The main theme of this passage is .
A. the change in recent drinking habits
B. the connection between cancer and alcohol
C.whether moderate drinkers outlive nondrinkers
D.whether alcohol may be good for one’s health
【答案及简析】
6.B
第一段第一句是一个问题，第二句是对这个问题的回答。然后在第三句话中作者又引
用了新英格兰医学杂志上的一篇文章来进一步支持这一理论，故 B 为正确答案。
7.B
作者在第二段中先对实例进行对比。在本段最后一句指出，明显的保护源是饮酒者的
高密脂蛋白中的含量更高，即所谓的好的胆固醇高，可抑止心脏病。由此推知不饮酒
者的“好的胆固醇少”，这正是 B 的内容。
8.C
由最后一段可知，即使是适当饮酒，也有两种不同的态度：有些医生建议心脏病患者
每天喝上一点，可大多数医生并不准备这么做。此外，有的研究报告指出适当饮酒可
能增加乳房和结肠癌的患病率。由此可知，C 为正确答案。
9.D 全文主要说明饮酒是否对健康有好处。
http://
（C）
Across the globe, single parent homes are on the rise. In the US, the 2000 census (人口普查)
showed 24.8 million, or nearly 24 percent of the nation’s 105.5 million households, were
traditional two-parent homes. By comparison, 9.8 million households, or 9 percent of all US
households were headed by an adult raising a child alone. The 1990 census showed 26 percent of
homes were led by a married mother and father, and 8 percent of homes were led by a single
parent.
Similar increases occurred in other countries. In the UK, lone-parent homes increased from
3.3 percent in 1990 to 5.5 percent in 1999. Single parent households in Australia rose from 5.8
percent in 1990 to 7.6 percent in 1999. Belgium saw the increase from 1.8 percent to 2.7 percent
during the same period of time. These countries tend to have greater acceptance of the single
parent because there are fewer nearby family members to disapprove, Riche, a Census Bureau
director, said.
Just as in the US, those changes raised new questions about how involved govenment should
be in helping single parent families. Some research suggests children raised in two-parent families
are better off than those who depend on one.
“The position of one-parent families in any country is very much a gender ( 性 别 )
issue-women’s opportunities, especially working-class women on low income,” said Sue Cohen,
coordinator (协调员) of the Single Action Parents Network in England.
10. Not considering the exact number of the single-parent families, which country saw the fastest
rise rate in 1999, compared with 1990?
A.UK.
B.Australia.
C.America.
D.Belgium.
11.What is the cause of the rise of single parent families across the globe?
A.The nearby family members have a favourable opinion.
B.A lone parent is well off enough to support his /her children.
C.A lot of problems have arisen in two-parent families.
D.We cannot get enough proving information from the text.
12.Which of the following is TRUE about the increase of single parent families according to the
passage?
A.It will somewhat limit the growing population of younger generation.
B.Governments should take actions about the social problems brought about by it.
C.Single parent families are not looked down upon in any country mentioned here.
D.Generally speaking, the single parents needn’t worry since they are highly paid.
13.Which of the following diagrams correctly shows the rise of single parent families in the US
from 1990 to 2000?
【答案及简析】
10.A 第二段交待英国单亲家庭上涨比例最大（2.2%）
。
11.D 文章涉及更多的是现象，而未提及原因。
12.B 文章第三段第一句说明 B 项正确。其他均不符合文章。
13.C 从文章第一段可知美国 1999 年单亲家庭比例是 8%，2000 年是 9%。
（D）
In some urban centers, workaholism is so common that people do not consider it unusual:
They accept the lifestyle as normal. Government workers in Washington D.C, for example,
frequently work sixty to seventy hours a week. They don’t do this because they have to; they do it
because they want to.
Workaholism can be a serious problem. Because true workaholics would rather work than do
anything else, they probably don’t know how to relax.
Is workaholism always dangerous? Perhaps not. There are, certainly, people who work well
under stress. Some studies show that many workaholies have great energy and interest in life.
Their work is so pleasurable that they are actually very happy. For most workaholics, work and
entertainment keep them busy and creative.
Why do workaholics enjoy their jobs so much? There are several advantages to work. Of
course, it provides people with paychecks, and this is important. But it offers more than financial
security. It provides people with self
confidence; they have a feeling of satisfaction when they’re
produced a challenging piece of work and are able to say,“I made that.” Psychologists claim that
work gives people an identity through participation in work, they get a sense of self and
individualism. In addition, most jobs provide people with a socially acceptable way to meet others.
Perhaps some people are compulsive about their work, but their addiction seems to be a safe-even
an advantageous-one.
14.The passage indicates that workaholics
.
A.just know work but nothing else
B.are willing to work hard for long hours without pay
C.find their work provide them more satisfaction and self
confidence than how much they are
paid
D.has the work with more responsibility than others
15.One of the reasons that some people are not willing to quit their jobs even in their eighties and
nineties is that
A.they are in the need of financial security
B.they would rather work than be disturbed by domestic affairs
C.they long for a sense of identity and being accomplished
D.they may have health problems from sheer boredom
16.This passage is mainly about .
A.workaholics are usually successful people, but their lives are in a mess
B.workaholism can lead to serious problems but it can also create a joyful life
C.people who are absorbed in their work may enjoy movies, sports and other kinds of
entertainment
D.those who work even under difficult conditions may be very happy
17.It can be inferred from the passage that .
A.in the eyes of all the common people workaholics are peculiar
B.to workaholics, work is the sole source of happiness
C.a piece of challenging work may provide the workaholics a sense of satisfaction
D.workaholics are as addicted to their job as other people are to drugs or alcohol
【答案及简析】
14.C 根据第二段第二句…true workaholics would rather work than do anything else...可知工
作狂只是更愿意工作，而非只知道工作，A 说法过于绝对。根据第四段第三句：It
provides people with paychecks 可排除 B。文中只提到“工作狂”工作时间比其他人更
长、工作更卖力，但未提及他们的责任问题，故排除 D。根据第四段第四句：But it(＝
work) offers more than financial security 及第五句：It (＝work) provides people with
self confidence...a feeling of satisfaction...可知 C 正确.
15.C 从文章第四段第五、六句我们知道，工作赋予他们一种满足感、成就感(sense of being
accomplished)，工作使人获得一种认同(identity)，通过参与工作，他们获得一种自我
意识和个人意识。可知 C 正确。而金钱只是人们工作的目的之一，并不是最重要的
方面。故不选 A。人们到老年仍然工作，并非由于不愿意做家务，也并不是担心整天
无所事事会引起健康方面的问题。所以 B 和 D 不正确。
16.B 文章中心围绕工作狂的特点展开，第二段提出工作狂可能是一个很严重的问题，但在
第三段也指出工作狂也可快乐地生活，并介绍了快乐的原因。所以可以看出主题是讲
“工作狂”既有负面影响又有正面影响”，因此选 B。
17.D 首段首句指出“人们认为工作狂的生活状态是正常的”。A 项与之相反，故可排除。B
太片面，因为工作狂也喜欢生活，第三段说 many workaholics have great
（E）
It is impossible not to make a mistake at some points in your life. We may as well accept that
some thing will go wrong and we will be to blame. It is therefore sensible to work out some
strategies for apologizing, and the best way to apologize is by letter. This way you can take care
over every work you write— which you can’t do if you say sorry to someone in person.
We all say or do something that we wish we hadn’t said or done. You may say something
that accidentally hurts someone, or you may provide a service which doesn’t come up to the
standards that a client or customer expected.
You may feel that it was a genuine mistake which couldn’t be avoided. Rather than dwell on
the mistake, you should quickly try to remedy（修补）the problem. An effective letter of apology is
an important part of that process.
For the contents of the letter, just remember TABS—Timing, Action, Brevity, Sincerity.
The timing of a letter of apology is essential—it must be sent as soon as possible. Any delay
in our sending the letter will only compound the problem. In this case “Better late than never” is
not the best motto! The longer you wait before you wait before writing a letter of apology, the
more it will seem that you have been coerced（被迫）into writing it.
Although it is important to recognize what has gone before, it is also essential to detail the
action you plan to take to rectify whatever it was you did wrong. Research has shown that some
indication that you have thought about what future action you plan to take is always well received.
A letter of apology should be brief and the word “sorry” should appear no more than twice.
Indicate that you are aware using it a second time—“once again, I am so sorry for…” or “as I said
earlier, I am really sorry about…”. Finally, the tone of the letter has to be sincere. In fact, the
combination of all the above factors will help in this respect.
And don’t think that letters are out of date in the email—oriented 21st century. An apology
email can be worse than no apology at all!
18．What kind of advice does the text suggest about apologizing?
A. It’s a good idea to write a letter of apology as soon as something has gone wrong.
B. It’s a good idea to send several emails to apologize.
C. Write a long letter apologizing several times to make your point.
D. Wait to see how they react to your letter before planning to do anything.
19．What kind of things do you NOT apologize for?
A. A service that is not as good as it should be.
B. Genuine mistakes.
C. Car accidents.
D. Causing offence or hurt.
20．The underlined expression “Rather than dwell on the mistake” in the third paragraph means
you _____.
A. should not waste time worrying about what happened.
B. should consider the problem
C. should forget about what happened.
D. should analyse who was at fault.
21．How can timing compound problems?
A. If you write immediately, they will be suspicious.
B. If you leave it for a few days, they will know it is your idea to write.
C. Waiting for a few days before you write will show your sincerity.
D. Waiting too long will make it worse because they won’t believe you mean it.
【解题导语】人无完人，大家都会犯错误，勇敢地承认错误，如果你认为是你的错,那你为
什么不去勇敢的承认错误啊! ...主动去道歉,越早越好,真诚的表白，道歉是越早越
好。
【答案及简析】
18．A 细节理解题。根据第一段第三句可以得出答案。其它答案都是文中提到的细节问题。
19．C C 项文中未提到。
A 在第二段第二句…or you may provide a service which doesn’t come
up to the standards….；B 在第三段首句；D 在第二段第二句 You may say something that
accidentally hurts someone,…。
20．A 句意理解题。根据后面 you should quickly try to remedy（修补）the problem.可以判
断出犯了错以后，对发生的事情着急是浪费时间，你应该立刻设法弥补。
21．D 判断理解题。根据第三段 Any delay in our sending the letter will only compound the
problem.得出答案。本句意思为：（拖延）时间会更会增加你的困难（使问题复杂化），
会使对方觉得你不够诚意。compound v. 混合, 配合。如：If you take this action, it will
only compound your problems.如果你这么做，只能徒然增加你的困难。
（七）
【第一组】
http://
（A）
A person may have an idea about himself that will prevent him from doing good work..
He may have the idea that he is not capable of it. It is easy to get such an idea even though
there is no justification for it. A child may think he is stupid because he does not understand how
to take the most of his mental faculties, or he may accept another person s mistaken estimate of his
ability. Older people may be handicapped by the mistaken belief that they are incapable of
learning anything new because of their age.
A person who believes that he is incapable will not make a real effort, because he feels that it
would be useless. He won’t go at a job with the confidence necessary for success, and he won’t
work hardest, even though he may think he is doing so. He is therefore likely to fail, and the
failure will strengthen his belief in his incompetence.
Alfred Adler, a famous psychiatrist（精神病医生）, had an experience which illustrates this.
When he was a small boy he got off to a poor start in arithmetic. His teacher got the idea that he
had no ability in arithmetic, and told his parents what she thought in order that they would not
expect too much of him. In this way, they too developed the idea, "Isn’t it too bad that Alfred
can’t do arithmetic?" He accepted their mistaken estimate of his ability, felt that it was useless to
try, and was very poor at arithmetic, just as they expected.
One day he became very angry at the teacher and other students because they laughed when
he said he saw how to do a problem which none of the other students had been able to solve.
Adler succeeded in solving a problem. This gave him confidence. He rejected the idea that he
couldn’t do arithmetic and was determined to show them that he could. His anger and his new
found confidence stimulated him to be at arithmetic problems with a new spirit. He now worked
with interest, determination, and purpose, and he soon became extraordinarily good at arithmetic.
He not only proved that he could do arithmetic, but he learned early in life from his own
experience that , if a person goes at a job with determination and purpose, he may astonish himself
as well as others by his ability.
This experience made him realize that many people have more ability than they think they
have. And that lack of success is as often the result of lack of knowledge of how to apply one’s
ability, lack of confidence, and lack of determination as it is the result of lack of ability.
1．The underlined word “justification” most probably means ________.
A. reason
B. rightness
C. need
2．What is the main idea of this passage?
A. The basic principles in doing math problems.
B. Our idea about ourselves may have a negative influence on our work.
C. Our ideas do not always have and influence on us.
D. All actions are caused by impulse.
3．What does Alfred Adler’s story tell us?
A. Many people have more ability than they think they have.
B. Anybody can become a mathematician, if he has determination.
C. Arithmetic is actually very easy.
D. Most teachers are wrong when they evaluator their students.
4．Why did he become angry one day?
A. Because the teacher and other students laughed at him.
B. Because they challenged him to do a difficult arithmetic problem.
C. Because he couldn’t solve the arithmetic problem.
D. Because he was very poor at arithmetic.
5．What idea did Alfred’s teacher have?
D. demand
A. He was slow in arithmetic.
B. He should work harder.
C. He should be transferred to a special school.
D. He should not tell his parents that he was slow.
【解题导语】
本文教导我们如何建立自信。只有建立起了信心，我们才有可能挖掘自身的潜能，去
完成别人认为我们没有能力完成的工作，成就别人认为我们不可能成就的事业。
【长难句分析】
1．A child may think he is stupid because he does not understand how to take the most of his
mental faculties, or he may accept another person s mistaken estimate of his ability.
本句为混合复合句。A child may think he is stupid 为主句（其中包含一个省略 that 的宾语从
句 he is stupid），because….为原因状语从句（后接并列从句）。
2．A person who believes that he is incapable will not make a real effort, because he feels that it
would be useless.
本句为混合复合句。A person…will not make…为主句；who believes 为定语从句，修饰
主句主语（A person）,that he is….为宾语从句，作 believes 的宾语。Because 后是个复
合句。
3．His teacher got the idea that he had no ability in arithmetic, and told his parents what she
thought in order that they would not expect too much of him.
本句为混合复合句。His teacher 为主语，谓语为 got 和 told…；That he had no….为同
位语从句（idea 的同位语）；what she thought…为宾语从句；in order that 为目的
状语从句。
4．One day he became very angry at the teacher and other students because they laughed when he
said he saw how to do a problem which none of the other students had been able to solve.
本句为混合复合句。Because 引导原因状语从句，其中含有 when 引导的时间状语从句（含
省略 that 的宾语从句）和 which 引导的定语从句（修饰 problem）。
【答案与简析】
1 A．词义推测题。根据上下问可推出答案。本题易误选 BC。
2．B．主旨大意题。根据首位两段及倒数第二段可知答案。
3．A．主旨要义题。根据倒数第二段及最后一段首句。
4．A．细节判断题。根据文章倒数第三段可知答案。
5．A．细节判断题。根据倒数第四段可知答案。
（B）
http://
A new weapon is on the way in the fight against smoking in Europe. Soon
when smokers buy cigarettes, they might see a shocking photo of a
blackened lung or a cancer patient staring back at them from the packet.
Some boys may think of smoking as cool and sexy. Their friends won’t
agree when they see their packets of cigarettes lying on the table.
The European Union announced on October 22, that it had chosen 42
photos that showed the damage cigarettes could do to the body. It called on member nations to put
these pictures on packets to discourage young smokers.
To catch the attention of teenagers, the special packets warn of long-term medical dangers,
like cancer. Short-term effects, like bad skin, are also on the list.
“The true fact of smoking is disease, death and horror. That is the message we should send to
the young,” said David Byrne, an EU health official. “Hopefully these pictures will shock students
out of their love for cigarettes.”
The EU head office hoped the pictures would work better than current written warnings on
packs of cigarettes. The warning included “smoking kills” and “smoking can lead to a slow and
painful death.”
So far, Ireland and Belgium have shown interest in the photos. Canada has used similar
pictures and warnings on cigarette packs since 2000. The country has recently seen a fall in the
number of smokers.
According to studies, smoking is the single biggest cause of avoidable death in EU. Every
year more than 650,000 smokers die, more than one person a minute.
6．What would be the best title for the text?
A. New Ways to Stop Smoking.
B. Pictures to Shock Smokers.
C. New Packers of Cigarettes.
D. Dangers of Smoking.
7．Which of the following is NOT the true face of smoking?
A. Disease.
B. Death.
C. Horror.
D. Happinese.
8．We can learn from the test that _______.
A. The EU countries have put the new warning method into practice
B. only a small number of the EU countries have used the new warning method
C. the new warning method has worked in some EU countries
D. countries in the EU still use the old warning method
9．Which country is most successful in stopping smoking?
A. Ireland.
B. Belgium.
C. Canada.
D. EU
10．The underlined sentence in the last paragraph suggests that ________.
A. It’s hard to stop smoking in EU
B. deaths caused by smoking could have been avoided
C. smoking is the biggest cause of deaths in EU
D. EU has the largest number of deaths caused by smoking
【解题导语】
烟草是造成疾病和早亡的“罪魁祸首”，而由此引起的疾病和早亡本来是可以避免的。
但吸烟者和一些准备开始吸烟的人对烟草可能带来的危害并不十分了解，他们中不少人只
笼统知道“吸烟有害健康”。
【长难句分析】
1．Soon when smokers buy cigarettes, they might see a shocking photo of a blackened lung or a
cancer patient staring back at them from the packet.
本句为复合句。When 引导状语从句，主句为 they might see…，staring 为分词短语作定
语（=who is staring back at….），修饰 patient。
2．The European Union announced on October 22, that it had chosen 42 photos that showed the
damage cigarettes could do to the body.
本句为复合句。That 引导的从句作 announced 的宾语，that 从句中包含两个由定语从句，
一个为 that 引导的定语从句修饰 photos，一个为省略关系代词（that/which）的定语
从句，修饰 the damage。
【答案与简析】
6．B
主旨大意题。本文属新闻报道类，第一段交代了文章的中心，欧盟号召成员国采取
一些宣传吸烟有害健康的照片，以此来警示吸烟者。
7．D 细节理解题。根据文章第五段第一句“The true fact of smoking is disease, death and
horror.可知应选 D。
8．D
推理判断题。分析文章的信息，我们可以得出结论，文章介绍的一种新措施仅仅还
是一个设想，还没有付诸实施，因此断定欧盟国家仍旧沿用旧的警示方式。
9．C
细节理解题。文章倒数第二段说明加拿大因为采取了类似的警示措施，吸烟人数有
所下降。Canada has used similar pictures and warnings on cigarette packs since 2000.
The country has recently seen a fall in the number of smokers.
10．B 语意理解题。本句的意思是：在欧盟，吸烟是唯一能够避免的造成死亡的最重要的
原因。即：吸烟造成的死亡本来可以避免。
http://
(C)
At five he was collecting old newspapers to make money. And when he was 15 he signed his
schoolmates up to start a baby-sitting circle.
Now 20, third-year Cambridge University student, Peter Blackburn is managing director of a
company with a £ 30,000 plan. And he thinks it will make more than $15,000 by next summer. He
set up Peter Blackborn Ltd last year to bring out a new, color term-planner that now students all
over the UK are using.
"I felt that most of the planners going around were pretty unimaginative," he says, "I believed
that I could do a better job and decided to have a go".
Blackburn admits that he is putting far more effort into business than his computer studies
course at university. While fellow students are out with their friends, he keeps in touch with his
business office in Lancashire by movable phone. Before he set up the company he spent one
holiday preparing a plan that would persuade his bank to lend him money.
"Most students work hard for a good degree because they believe that will help them get a job
to support themselves," he says "I work hard at my company, because that is what will support me
next year, after I leave college."
Friends believe that Blackburn will make £ 1 million within 5 years. He is not quite so sure,
however. "There's a lot to be done yet," he says.
11. Choose the right order of the facts given in the passage.
a. He spent his holiday preparing a plan.
b. He collected newspapers.
c. He set up his own company.
d. He asked the bank for money.
e. He set up a babysitting circle.
A. e, b, c, a, d
B. b, e, a, d, c
C. b, e, d, a, c
D. b, e, c, a, d
12. When he was quite young, Blackburn _______ .
A. already made a lot of money
B. already had a business brain
C. was already managing director of a company
D. already set up his own business
13. The underlined expression in the fourth paragraph "have a go," here means _______ .
A. give up this job and have a new one
C. have a try
B. leave the company
D. develop my business quickly
14. In spite of a college student, Blackburn _______ .
A. spends more time on his business than on his studies course
B. keep in touch with his business office by movable phone
C. seldom goes out with his friends
D. often spends whole holiday preparing business plan
15. Which of the following best explain why Blackburn works hard at his company?
A. He wants to do more business practice before he leaves college.
B. He wants to make more money before he leaves college.
C. He wants to get a good job like most students after he leaves the college.
D. he depends on the company for his living in the future.
【答案与简析】
11．B 排序题。根据作者介绍文章的先后顺序可作出判断。
12．B 推理判断题。从文中第一段叙述他 5 岁时收集报纸卖钱，15 岁时又和同学一起创办
了 babysitting circle，由此可推断他从小就有商业头脑。
13．C 词义推测题。根据文中 I believed that I could do a better job and decided to have a go.
这句话可知，他认为他能比别人做得更好，所以决定去尝试。
14．A 细节理解题。文中第四段第一句 Blackburn admits that he is putting far more effort into
business than his computer studies course at university.表明，他在商业方面付出的努力
比学习要多得多。
15．D 推理判断题。文中倒数第二段 I work hard at my company, because that is what will
support me next year, after I leave college."表明，他致力于经营公司是因为大学毕业后
要靠公司养活自己。
(D)
In American schools, computers have done many of the jobs that teachers used to do.
Computers ask students questions. If the students give the right answer, the computer will say
“Wonderful!” Some computers even read stories aloud to students. Students can do experiments
on their computers and can do homework on floppy disks（软盘）.
Both students and teachers are crazy about computers. “With computers, students get
help quickly,” said one teacher. “But if the students don’t have computers, they must wait for
me to walk around and get to them.”
“I can type faster than I can write,” said a student. “Using a computer is easier than
using an eraser.”
Computers are also very patient. A teacher may become angry at a student sometimes.
But computers are always calm. When a student gives the wrong answer, the computer just
says, “Please try again.”
Companies that make software（热件）for school have a difficult job. They must make
the software as interesting as the programs that students watch on TV. But they have made
much success, because students like computers as much as teachers do.
16. If a student gives a wrong answer, a computer might say, “_________”.
A. Wonderful
B. Please try again
C. Bad luck.
D. Use an eraser
17. Students like computers because computers ________.
A. are fast and interesting
B. are not patient
C. can do some experiments
D. can do homework for them
18. Companies that make software for schools have a hard job because ________.
A. they have to make the software very interesting
B. they have made little success
C. the students are interested in TV programmes
D. students don’t like computers
19. According to the passage, computers can do the following things except _______.
A. asking question
B. reading stories aloud
C. telling the students whether the answers are right.
D. making TV programmes
20. The main idea of the article is ________.
A. students like computers better than TV
B. students like computers better than school
C. computers can do many jobs that teachers do for schools
D. computers are not good for school
【解题导语】
本文讲述的是电脑在美国学校的情况，学生和老师都认为电脑对教学起了很大的作用，
但也有利弊，你认为如何？
【答案与简析】
16．B 判断推理题。从文章第四段中可判断出如果学生答案错误，计算机可能会让重试一
次。
17．A 细节理解题。文章第二段可知计算机 fast 和 interesting 的特点让学生 “crazy about”。
18．A 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段第一句和第二句可知答案。
19．D 判断推理题。A、B、C 所叙述的内容文中均提到。
20．C 主旨大意题。通读全文可知计算机能做老师所从事的许多工作。
【第二组】
http://
（A）
People Born in Autumn Live Longer
People born in the autumn live longer than those born in the spring and are less likely to fall
chronically ill when they are older, according to an Austrian scientist.
Using census（人口普查）data for more than one million people in Austria, Denmark and
Australia, scientists at the Max Planck Institute in the northern German town of Rostock found the
month of birth was related to life expectancy（预期寿命）over the age of 50. Seasonal differences
in what mothers ate during pregnancy, and infections occurring at different times of the year could
both have an impact on the health of a new-born baby and could influence its life expectancy in
older age. “A mother giving birth in spring spends the last phase of her pregnancy in winter, when
she will eat less vitamins than in summer,” said Gabriele Doblhammer, one of a team of scientists
who carried out the research. “When she stops breast-feeding and starts giving her baby normal
food, it’s in the hot weeks of summer when babies are prone (易于)to infections of the digestive
system.” In Austria, adults born in autumn (October-December) lived about seven months longer
than those born in spring (April-June), and in Denmark adults with birthdays in autumn outlived
those born in spring by about four months. In the southern hemisphere, the picture was similar.
Adults born in the Australian autumn—the European spring—lived about four months longer than
those born in the Australian spring. The study focused on people born at the beginning of the 20th
century, using death certificates and census data. Although nutrition at all times of the year has
improved since then, the seasonal pattern persists, Doblhammer said.
But on the other hand, according to a study of more 40,000 people, those born in spring and
summer report themselves luckier than those born in autumn or winter. Professor Richard
Wise-man who led the research explained that the temperature at the time of birth might influence
the development of the brain and seasonal factors make a difference as well.
1．The underlined word “outlived” in the text probably means ________.
A. lived out of
B. depended on
C. had a shorter life than
D. lived longer than
2．The census data of the following countries is used for research EXCEPT _______.
A. Germany.
B. Denmark.
C. Australia.
D. Austria.
3．What’s the main idea of this text?
A. Nutrition at all times of the year has improved since the beginning of the 20th century.
B. In Austria, adults born in autumn(October—December) lived about seven months longer
than those born in spring (April— June).
C. People born in autumn live longer than those born in spring and are less likely to fall ill
when they are older.
D. Babies are prone to infections of the digestive system.
4．Which of the following is NOT true according to the text?
A. Infections occurring at different times of the year influence the health of a new-born baby.
B. The study focused on people born in the late 20th century.
C. A mother giving birth in spring eats less vitamins during the last phase of her pregnancy in
winter.
D. What mothers ate during pregnancy could have an impact on the babies’ life expectancy in
older age.
5．The right sentence of the following is ________.
A. The month of birth was not related to life expectancy over the age of 50.
B. A mother giving birth in spring spends the last phase of her pregnancy in winter, eating
more vitamins than in summer.
C. Stopping breast-feeding and starting giving babies normal food must make babies prone to
get infected with the digestive system in the hot weeks of summer.
D. Adults born in the Australian autumn―the European spring―lived about four months
longer than those born in the Australian spring.
【解题导语】
人的寿命与出生季节有关系吗？最近奥地利科学家得出的结论，秋天出生的人比春天
出生的人长寿。
【答案与简析】
1．D． 词义理解题。根据文中 In Austria, adults born in autumn (October-December) lived
about seven months longer than…判断，答案应选 D。
2．A． 细节理解题。根据第三段可以看出答案。
3．C． 主旨大意题。其它三个选项都是例证，只有 C 才能概括全文大意。
4． B． 辨别正误题。根据文中 The study focused on people born at the beginning of the
20th century, using death certificates and census data.来判断。
5．D． 辨别正误题。根据第二段可以看出答案。A 错在 not；B 错在 more；C 错在 must
上。
(B)
I am a good mother to three children. I have tried never to let my profession stand in the way
of being a good parent.
I no longer consider myself the center of the universe. I show up. I listen. I try to laugh. I am
a good friend to my husband. I have tried to make marriage vows（誓约）mean what they say. I am
a good friend to my friends, and they to me. Without them, there would be nothing to say to you
today.
So here’s what I wanted to tell you today：Get a life. A real life, not a desire of the next
promotion（提升）, the bigger paycheck, the larger house.
Get a life in which you are not alone. Find people you love, and who love you. And
remember that love is not leisure, it is work. Pick up the phone. Send an e-mail. Write a letter. And
realize that life is the best thing and that you have no business taking it for granted.
It is so easy to waste our lives, our days, our hours, and our minutes. It is so easy to exist
instead of to live. I learned to live many years ago. Something really, really bad happened to me,
something really, really bad happened to me, something that changed my life in ways that, if I had
my choice, it would never have been changed at all. And what I learned from it is what, today,
seems to be the hardest lesson of all.
I learned to love the journey, not the destination. I learned to look at all the good in the world
and try to give some of it back because I believed in it, completely and totally. And I tried to do
that, in part, by telling others what I had learned.
By telling them this：Read in the backyard with the sun on your face. Learn to be happy. And
think of life as a deadly illness, because if you do, you will live with joy and passion（激情）as it
ought to be lived.
6．The best title of this passage probably is ________.
A. Love your friends.
B. Live a real life.
C. Don’t waste time.
D. Be a good mother and wife.
7．How did the author form her view of life?
A. Through social experience.
B. By learning from her friends.
C. Through an unfortunate experience.
D. From her children and husband.
8．By the underlined sentence “It is so easy to exist instead of to live” in the fifth paragraph, the
author really means _______.
A. make a living rather than live a real life.
B. work rather than enjoy life
C. waste a lot in life
D. forget the most important lessons in life
9．What’s the author’s attitude toward work?
A. Do it well to serve others
B. To earn enough money to make life
better.
C. Try your best to get higher position and pay.
D. Don’t let it affect your real life.
10．It can be inferred from the passage that _______.
A. the author is a success in personal life.
B. the author doesn’t try her best to work well
C. the author spends all her time caring for her children
D. the author likes traveling very much
【解题导语】
本篇是一位母亲对生活的忠告：读好书是欣赏,听音乐是欣赏,看优秀的电视节目是欣
赏,走出家门去领略大自然的美好景色同样是欣赏,生活中到处都有可供欣赏的客体。学会
欣赏,它会让你的生活更有诗意,让你在获得精神享受的同时,进而获得心身的健康。相信你
阅读后一定有很大感触
【答案与简析】
6．B．主旨大意题。综观全文不难看出答案。
7．C．推理判断题。根据倒数第三段第三句往后判断答案（“我学会生活是很多年以前的事
了。当时一件非常非常糟糕的事情发生了，它改变了我的生活，要是我当时可以选
择的话，这个巨大的改变绝不会发生。”
）
8．A．句意理解题。根据划线前后内容可以看出答案。本句意思为“我们很容易仅仅是“生
存”而不是“生活”。
”
9．D．态度判断题。根据文章开始及下面的叙述可知答案。
10．A．推理判断题。根据最后一段可以看出答案（在宅后院子里读书，让太阳照在你的脸
上。学会让自己快乐。把有生之年看作某种不治之症的晚期，这样，你就会带着喜
悦和激情享受这本该充满喜悦和激情的生活。
）
(C)
My father had returned from his business visit to London when I came in, rather late, to
supper. I could tell at once that he and my mother had been discussing something. In that
half-playful, half-serious way I knew so well, he said, "How would you like to go to Eton?"
"You bet," I cried quickly catching the joke. Everyone knew it was the most expensive, the
most famous of schools. You had to be entered at birth, if not before. Besides, even at 12 or 13, I
understood my father. He disliked any form of showing off. He always knew his proper station in
life, which was in the middle of the middle class, our house was medium-sized; he had avoided
joining Royal Liverpool Golf Club and went to a smaller one instead; though once he had got a
second-hand Rolls-Royce at a remarkably low price, he felt embarrassed driving it, and quickly
changed it for an Austin 1100.
This could only be his delightful way of telling me that the whole boarding school idea was
to be dropped. Alas! I should also have remembered that he had a liking for being different from
everyone else, if it did not conflict with his fear of drawing attention to himself.
It seemed that he had happened to be talking to Graham Brown of the London office, a very
nice fellow, and Graham had a friend who had just entered his boy at the school, and while he was
in that part of the world he thought he might just as well phone them. I remember my eyes
stinging(刺痛) and my hands shaking with the confusion of my feelings. There was excitement, at
the heart of great sadness.
"Oh, he doesn’t want to go away," said my mother, "You shouldn’t go on like this.” “It’s up
to him," said my father. "He can make up his own mind."
11. The house the writer’s family lived in was ________.
A. the best they could afford
B. right for their social position
C. for showing off
D. rather small
12. His father sold his Roils-Royce because ________.
A. it made him feel uneasy
B. it was too old to work well
C. it was too expensive to possess
D. it was too cheap
13. The writer’s father enjoyed being different as long as ________.
A. it drew attention to him
B. it didn’t bring him in arguments
C. it was understood as a joke
D. there was no danger of his showing off
14. What was the writer’s reaction to the idea of going to Eton?
A. He was very unhappy.
B. He didn’t believe it.
C. He was delighted.
D. He had mixed feelings.
15. What was the writer’s reaction to the idea of going to boarding-school?
A. He was very unhappy,
B. He had mixed feelings.
C. He was delighted,
D. He didn't believe it.
【答案与简析】
11．B．态度判断题。通览全文可以 the writer’s father 的生活态度，特别是第二段 He disliked
any form of showing off. He always knew his proper station in life, which was in the
middle of the middle class, our house was…。
12．A．推理判断题。从第二段 he felt embarrassed driving it 可以看出作者爸爸的性格，不张
扬，喜欢做和符自己身份的事。
13．D．推理判断题。从第三段可以看出，一方面作者的爸爸不喜欢张扬，另一方面他爸爸
又喜欢与他人不同，只要不太招人注意。这里再次反映了作者的爸爸的性格。
14．D．推断题。从第一段可以看出作者的爸妈谈论"How would you like to go to Eton?"从第
二段开始"You bet," I cried quickly catching the joke.可以看出作者很想去这一学校，
但一想起爸爸历来做事的原则，作者的心情变得复杂，另从第四段 I remember my
eyes stinging…可以看出。
15．B．推理判断题。从倒数二、三段可以看出答案。
(D)
American’s genius with high technology may have put men on the moon, but there is
growing doubt about its ability to solve human problems closer to home.
In fact, a slight but significant change from purely technological solutions is already under
way as scientists insist that answers to the world’s problems will not come from an attractive
exhibition of electronics and machines. Instead, as they see it, solutions must develop from a
better understanding of the humans that drive the system and from a fuller appreciation of the
limits and potential(潜能) of the earth’s resources.
What this means is an increased emphasis on the life and earth sciences, on sociology,
psychology, economics and even philosophy.
More and more of the best minds in science, particularly young researchers, are being drawn
into these developing fields.
All this is not to say that technological creativity will not play a critical role in solving
energy and food shortages, or that answers to environmental difficulties will not come from
further advances in the same technologies that may have helped cause the problems.
Where the real challenge lies, in the view of the new generation of scientists, is in finding
ways to produce goods and meet the world’s needs, using less of the raw materials that are
becoming short.
16. Which of the following would the author probably agree with?
A. The environment crisis will not be solved unless we stop using virgin（原始）materials.
B. In scientific research, a higher priority（优先）should be given to understanding all living
systems.
C. Exploration of outer space will finally lead to an improvement on human living
conditions.
D. U. S. high-technology companies are welcoming this new change in scientific research.
17. Which of the following best expresses the main idea?
A. a growing number of Americans are doubtful about what high technology can do in
solving the world’s problems.
B. Many scientists are beginning to believe that the better understanding of human beings
will play a more decisive role in solving the world’s problems.
C. More and more young scientists are trying their best to find new ways to solve the world’s
problems.
D. Technological creativity will still play a very important part in solving the world’s
problems.
18. Young scientists demand that in order to satisfy human needs ________.
A. existing products be improved.
B. more complex machines and electronic equipment be designed.
C. ways be found to produce better goods using fewer raw materials.
D. any new invention and innovation be encouraged in technology
19. In the passage “Human problems” or “world problems” refers mainly to ______.
A. global food shortage
B. resources depletion（耗尽）
C. environmental pollution
D. all of the above
20. The author states all the following CXCEPT that _______.
A. the development of present techniques cannot provide any answers to today’s problems.
B. an increasing number of young scientists are taking a great interest in biological and social
sciences.
C. many scientists have come to understand the limits of natural resources.
D. many scientists argue that high technology is something but not everything.
【答案与简析】
16. B。细节理解题。从第二段 Instead, as they see it, solutions must develop from a better…中
可知答案。
17. B。主旨判断题。从全文可以看出答案。整篇文章论述的是现在的科学家们，特别是年
轻一代的科学家们越来越多地意识到，要解决全球的人口与环境等问题，只靠发展科
技是不够的，更重要强调生命与地球科学及社会学，心理学，经济学甚至哲学的研究
（Para.3）
。同时，第二段也提到“solutions must develop from a better understanding of
the humans…”
。
18. C。细节理解题。从最后一段可以找出答案。
19. D。词义理解题。从倒数第二段…in solving energy and food shortages, or that answers to…
及第最后一段…using less of the raw materials that are becoming short. 可以看出答案。
20. A。细节理解题。从文章倒数第二段可以知道 A 错。
【励志故事】
半杯理论
亨利福特被美国人称为“汽车之父”。1913 年他率先采用流水线组装汽车，第一次实现
了 10 秒钟组装一部汽车的神话。几年后民用汽车的价格降低了一半，小轿车不再是富豪的
专属。福特的思想对全世界的制造业也产生了极大的影响。今天，大到一架飞机，小到一包
糖果，都可以在流水线上生产。福特汽车公司初具规模后，有一次，福特在高层会议中建议
改进现有的装配线，从而提高生产效率。这个提议遭到很多人反对：有人觉得改进装配线，
既要投资购买机器，又得重新培训工人，风险太大了；另一部分人则认为公司的生产能力已
经够强，效益也很好，没必要花力气去提高效率。
听完大家的意见，福特举起桌上的玻璃杯问：
“你们看到了什么？”有人担忧地说：
“半
杯水被喝了，杯子空了一半。
”
“别担心，”有人乐观地说，
“杯子里还有一半水，渴了还有半
杯水可喝。
”
“和你们不同，我看到杯子容积是水的 2 倍。”福特说，
“这里的水用个一半大小
的杯子就能盛下。用一只大杯子做一只小杯子能做到的事，是对资源的浪费，是低效率。现
在生产线上的员工们就像这个大杯子，有一半的潜力没发挥出来。我要做的是换个小杯子，
然后我们就可以用大杯子来盛更多、更好的东西了！
”
【原著欣赏】
A Short Guide to a Happy Life
I'm not particularly qualified by profession or education to give advice and counsel. It's windely
known i a small circle that I make a mean tomato sauce, and i know many invedtive ways to hold
a baby while nursing, although i haven't had the opportunity to use any of them in years. I have a
good eye for a nice swatch and a surprising piant chip, and i have had a checkered but
occasionally successful sideline in matchmaking.
But I've never earned a doctorate, or even a master's degree. I'm not an ethicist, or a
philosoher, or an expert in any particular field. Each them I give a commencement speech i feel
like a bit of a fraud. Yogi Berra's advice seems as good as any: When you come to a fork in the
road, take it!
I can't talk about the economy, or the universe, or academe, as academicians like to call
where they work when they're feeling kind of grand/I'm anovelist. My work is human nature. Real
life is really all i know.
Don't ever confuse the two, your life and your work. That's what i have to say. The second is
only a part of the first. Don't ever forget what a friend once wrote to Senator Paul Tsongas when
the senator had decided not to run for reelection because he'd been diagnosed with cancer: "No
man ever said on his deathbed I wish i had spent more time at the office."
Don't ever forget the words on a postcard that my father sent me last year:"If you win the rat
race, you're still a rat."
Or what John Lennon wrote before he was gunned down in the driveway of the Dakota:"Life
is what happens to you while you're busy making other plans."
That's the only advice I can give. After all, when you look at the faces of a class of
graduating seniors, you realize that each student has only one thing that no one else has. When
you leave college, there are thousands of people out there with the same degree you have: when
you get a job, there will be thousands of people doing what you want to do for a living.
But you are the only person alive who has sole custody of your life. Not just you life at a
desk, or your life on the bus, or in the car, or at the computer. Not just the life of your mind, but
the life of your heart. Not just your bank account, but your soul.
People don't talk about the soul very much anymore. It's so much easier to write a resume
than to craft a spirit. But a resume is cold comfort on a winter night, or when you're sad, or broke,
or lonely, or when you've gotten back the chest X ray and it doesn't look so good, or when the
doctor writes "prognosis, poor."
Here is my resume. It’s not what my professional bio says, proud as i am of all that:
I am a good mother to three good children. I have tried never to let my profession stand in the
way of being a good parent. I no longer consider myself the center of the universe. I show up. I
listen. I try to laugh.
I am a good friend to my husband. I have tried to make my marriage vows mean what they
say. I show up. I listen. I try to laugh.
I am a good friend to my friends, and they to me. Without them i would have nothing of
interest to say to anyone, because i would be a cardboard cutout. But i call them on the phone, and
i meet them for lunch. I show up. I listen. I try to laugh.
I would be rotten, or at best mediocre, at my job if those other things were not true. You
cannot be really first-rate at your work if your work is all you are.
So i suppose the best piece of advice i could give anyone is pretty simple: get a life. A real
life, not a manic pursuit of the next promotion, the bigger paycheck, the larger house. Do you
think you'd care so very much about those things if you developed an aneurysm one afternoon, or
found a lump in your breast which in the shower?
Get a life in which you notice the smell of salt water pushing itself on a breeze over the dunes,
a life in which you stop and watch how a red-tailed hawk circles over a pond and a stand of pines.
Get a life in which you pay attention to the baby as she scowls with concentration when she tries
to pick up a Cheerio with her thumb and first finher.
Turn off your cell phone. Turn off your regular phone, for that matter. Keep still. Be present.
Get a life in which you are not alone. Find people you love, and who love you. And
remember that love is not leisure, it is work. Each time i look at my diploma, I remember that am
still a student, still learning every day hoe to be human. Send an e-mail. Write a letter. Kiss your
mom. Hug your dad.
Get a life in which you are generous. Look around at the azaleas making fuchsia star bursts in
spring; look at a full moon hanging silver in a black sky on a cold night. And realize that life is
glorious, and that you have no business taking it for granted. Care so deeply about its goodness
that you want to spread it around. Take the money you would have spent on beers in a bar and
give it to charity.Work in a soup kitchen. Tutor a seventh-grader.
All of us want to do well. But if we do not do good, too, then doing well will never be enough.